Corporations Act Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1990, Chapter C.38
Notes:

a) Not all the provisions of the Act pertain to Trent Radio, being a corporation 

without share capital.  Parts and sections specifically or generally relations to 

such corporations are marked (*)



b) This act is revised from time to time.  This copy was rendered on 17 July 2000 from a web page found at;

        http://209.195.107.57/en/index.html
TITLE or PART
Section #
Definitions
1
-
2
*
PART I Corporations, Incorporation & Name
3
-
16
*
PART II Companies
17
-
116
*
PART III Corporations Without Share Capital
117
-
133
*
PART IV Mining Companies
134
-
139
PART V Insurance Corporations
140
-
227
 
PART VI Winding Up
228
-
271
*
PART VII Corporations, General
272
-
334
*
Schedule        


	                             Corporations Act

             Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1990, Chapter C.38



AMENDED BY: 1992, C. 32, S. 6; 1993, C. 16, S. 3; 1993, C. 27, SCHED.;

1994, C. 11, S. 384; 1994, C. 17, S. 31; 1994, C. 27, S. 78; 1997, C. 19,

S. 31; 1997, C. 28, SS. 50, 51; 1998, C. 18, SCHED. E, SS. 59-82. 1.



Definitions



     1. In this Act,



     "books" includes loose-leaf books where reasonable precautions are

      taken against the misuse of them; ("livres")



     "Commission" means the Ontario Securities Commission; ("Commission")



     "company" means a corporation with share capital; ("compagnie")



     "corporation" means a corporation with or without share capital, but

      in Part III "corporation" means a corporation without share

      capital; ("personne morale")



     "court" means the Ontario Court (General Division); ("tribunal")



     "Minister" means the member of the Executive Council to whom the

      administration of this Act is assigned by the Lieutenant Governor

      in Council; ("ministre")



     "officer" means president, chair of the board of directors, vice-

      president, secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, assistant

      treasurer, manager or any other person designated an officer by by-

      law of the corporation; ("dirigeant")



     "private company" means a company as to which by its special Act,

      letters patent or supplementary letters patent,



       (a)the right to transfer its shares is restricted,



       (b)the number of its shareholders, exclusive of persons who are in

       the employment of the company, is limited to fifty, two or more

       persons holding one or more shares jointly being counted as a

       single shareholder, and



       (c)any invitation to the public to subscribe for its shares or

       securities is prohibited; ("compagnie ferm,e")



     "public company" means a company that is not a private company;

      ("compagnie ouverte")



     "registers" includes loose-leaf registers where reasonable

      precautions are taken against the misuse of them; ("registres")



     "securities" means the bonds, debentures, debenture stock or other

      like liabilities of a corporation whether constituting a charge on

      its property or not; ("valeurs mobiliSres")



     "special resolution" means a resolution passed by the directors and

      confirmed with or without variation by at least two-thirds of the

      votes cast at a general meeting of the shareholders or members of

      the corporation duly called for that purpose, or, in lieu of such

      confirmation, by the consent in writing of all the shareholders or

      members entitled to vote at such meeting. ("r,solution sp,ciale")

      R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 1.



2. Application



     2. This Act does not apply to a company to which the Business

     Corporations Act or the Co-operative Corporations Act applies.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 2.



                   PART I

                   CORPORATIONS, INCORPORATION AND NAME



3. Application



     3. This Part, except where it is otherwise expressly provided,

     applies,



          (a) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or

          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Upper

          Canada;



          (b) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or

          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Canada

          that has its head office and carries on business in Ontario and

          that was incorporated with objects to which the authority of

          the Legislature extends; and



          (c) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or

          special Act of the Legislature,



     but this Part does not apply to a corporation incorporated for the

     construction and working of a railway, an incline railway or a

     street railway, or to a corporation within the meaning of the Loan

     and Trust Corporations Act except as provided by that Act. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 3.



4.(1) Incorporation by letters patent



     4.(1) The Lieutenant Governor may in his or her discretion, by

     letters patent, issue a charter to any number of persons, not fewer

     than three, of eighteen or more years of age, who apply therefor,

     constituting them and any others who become shareholders or members

     of the corporation thereby created a corporation for any of the

     objects to which the authority of the Legislature extends, except

     those of railway and incline railway and street railway corporations

     and corporations within the meaning of the Loan and Trust

     Corporations Act. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 4 (1).



4.(2)



     4.(2) REPEALED: 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (1).



4.(3) Incorporation of private company with limited objects



     4.(3) Despite subsection (1), a private company may be incorporated

     under this Act with power to lend and invest money on mortgage of

     real estate or otherwise, or with power to accept and execute the

     office of liquidator, receiver, assignee, trustee in bankruptcy or

     trustee for the benefit of creditors and to accept the duty of and

     to act generally in the winding up of corporations, partnerships and

     estates, other than estates of deceased persons, and shall not by

     reason thereof be deemed to be a corporation within the meaning of

     the Loan and Trust Corporations Act, but the number of its

     shareholders, exclusive of persons who are in the employment of the

     company, shall be limited by its letters patent or supplementary

     letters patent to five, two or more persons holding one or more

     shares jointly being counted as a single shareholder, and no such

     company shall issue securities except to its shareholders, or borrow

     money on the security of its property except from its shareholders,

     or receive money on deposit. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 4 (3).



5.(1) Supplementary letters patent



     5.(1) The Lieutenant Governor may in his or her discretion issue

     supplementary letters patent to any corporation that applies

     therefor amending or otherwise altering or modifying its letters

     patent or prior supplementary letters patent.



5.(2) No supplementary letters patent if corporation in default



     5.(2) Despite subsection (1), the Lieutenant Governor shall not

     issue supplementary letters patent to a corporation that is in

     default of a filing requirement under the Corporations Information

     Act or that has any unpaid fees or penalties outstanding.



5.(3) Commencement



     5.(3)  Subsection (2) comes into force on a day to be named by

     proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 5.



6. Powers of Minister



     6. The Minister may in his or her discretion and under the seal of

     his or her office have, use, exercise and enjoy any power, right or

     authority conferred by this Act on the Lieutenant Governor, but not

     those conferred on the Lieutenant Governor in Council. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 6.



7. Sufficiency of material to be established



     7. An applicant under this Act shall establish to the satisfaction

     of the Minister the sufficiency of the application and all documents

     filed therewith and shall furnish such evidence regarding the

     application as the Minister considers proper. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,

     s. 7.



8. Proof under oath



     8. The Minister or any person in his or her ministry to whom an

     application is referred may take evidence under oath with respect

     thereto. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 8.



9. Variation of terms of application



     9. On an application for letters patent, supplementary letters

     patent or an order, the Lieutenant Governor may give the corporation

     a name different from its proposed or existing name, may vary the

     objects or other provisions of the application and may impose such

     conditions as he or she considers proper. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 9.



10. Defects in form not to invalidate letters patent



     10. The provisions of this Act relating to matters preliminary to

     the issue of letters patent or supplementary letters patent or an

     order are directory only, and no letters patent or supplementary

     letters patent or order are void or voidable on account of any

     irregularity or insufficiency in any matter preliminary to the issue

     thereof. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 10.



11.



     11. REPEALED: 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (2).



12.(1) Commencement of existence



     12.(1) A corporation comes into existence on the date of the letters

     patent incorporating it.



12.(2) Effective date of letters patent, etc.



     12.(2)  Letters patent of incorporation, letters patent of

     continuation, letters patent of amalgamation and supplementary

     letters patent, issued under this Act or any predecessor thereof,

     take effect on the date set forth therein. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 12.



13.(1) Corporate name



     13.(1) A corporation shall not be given a name,



          (a) that is the same as or similar to the name of a known

          corporation, association, partnership, individual or business

          if its use would be likely to deceive, except where the

          corporation, association, partnership, individual or person

          consents in writing that its, his or her name in whole or in

          part be granted, and, if required by the Minister,



              (i) in the case of a corporation, undertakes to dissolve or

              change its name within six months after the incorporation

              of the new corporation, or



              (ii) in the case of an association, partnership or

              individual, undertakes to cease to carry on its, his or her

              business or activities, or change its, his or her name,

              within six months after the incorporation of the new

              corporation;



          (b) that suggests or implies a connection with the Crown or any

          member of the Royal Family or the Government of Canada or the

          government of any province of Canada or any department, branch,

          bureau, service, agency or activity of any such government

          without the consent in writing of the appropriate authority;



          (c) that, when the objects applied for are of a political

          nature, suggests or implies a connection with a political party

          or a leader of a political party;



          (d) that is objectionable on any public grounds. R.S.O. 1990,

          c. C.38, s. 13 (1).



13.(2) Change of name



     13.(2) If a corporation, through inadvertence or otherwise, has

     acquired a name that is objectionable, the Minister may, after

     giving the corporation an opportunity to be heard, issue

     supplementary letters patent changing the name of the corporation to

     the name specified in the supplementary letters patent.



13.(2.1) Written hearing



     13.(2.1) A hearing under subsection (2) shall be in writing in

     accordance with rules made by the Minister under the Statutory

     Powers Procedure Act. 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 59.



13.(3) Reference to court



     13.(3) A person who feels aggrieved as a result of the giving of a

     name under subsection (1) or the changing or refusing to change a

     name under subsection (2) may, upon at least seven days notice to

     the Minister and to such other persons as the court directs, apply

     to the court for a review of the matter, and the court may make an

     order changing the name of the corporation to such name as it

     considers proper or may dismiss the application.



13.(4) Filing



     13.(4) A copy of an order made under subsection (3), certified under

     the seal of the court, shall be filed with the Minister by the

     corporation within ten days after it is made.



13.(5) Offence



     13.(5) A corporation that fails to comply with subsection (4) is

     guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not

     more than $200, and every director or officer of the corporation who

     authorizes, permits or acquiesces in any such failure is guilty of

     an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 13 (3-5).



14. Change not to affect rights, etc.



     14. A change in the name of a corporation does not affect its rights

     or obligations. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 14.



15. Unauthorized use of "Limited", etc.



     15. A person, partnership or association that trades or carries on a

     business or undertaking under a name in which "Limited", "Limit,e",

     "Incorporated", "Incorpor,e", or "Corporation" or any abbreviation

     thereof is used, unless incorporated, is guilty of an offence and on

     conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 15.



16.(1) Corrected letters patent, etc.



     16.(1) If letters patent or supplementary letters patent issued

     under this Act or a predecessor of this Act contain an error, the

     directors or members of the corporation may apply to the Minister

     for corrected letters patent or corrected supplementary letters

     patent.



16.(2) Same



     16.(2) The Minister, on his or her own initiative or on an

     application under subsection (1), may issue corrected letters patent

     or corrected supplementary letters patent.



16.(3) Surrender of documents



     16.(3) The corporation shall surrender the letters patent or

     supplementary letters patent which are being corrected,



          (a)at the time of making an application under subsection (1); or



          (b)forthwith upon the request of the Minister if he or she is

          issuing the correcting documents on his or her own initiative.



16.(4) Conditions



     16.(4) The Minister may issue the corrected letters patent or

     supplementary letters patent subject to such conditions as he or she

     may impose.



16.(5) Date of corrections



     16.(5) Corrected letters patent or supplementary letters patent may

     bear the date of the letters patent or supplementary letters patent

     which are being replaced. 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (3).



                                PART II

                                COMPANIES



17. Application



     17. Subject to section 2 and except where it is otherwise expressly

     provided, this Part applies,



          (a) to every company incorporated by or under a general or

          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Upper

          Canada;



          (b) to every company incorporated by or under a general or

          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Canada

          that has its head office and carries on business in Ontario and

          that was incorporated with objects to which the authority of

          the Legislature extends; and



          (c) to every company incorporated by or under a general or

          special Act of the Legislature,



     but this Part does not apply to a company, incorporated for the

     construction and working of a railway, an incline railway or a

     street railway, or to a corporation within the meaning of the Loan

     and Trust Corporations Act except as provided by that Act. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 17.



18.(1) Application for incorporation



     18.(1) The applicants for incorporation of a company shall file with

     the Lieutenant Governor an application showing:



            1. The names in full, the place or residence and the calling

            of each of the applicants.



            2. The name of the company to be incorporated.



            3. The objects for which the company is to be incorporated.



            4. The place in Ontario where the head office of the company

            is to be situate.



            5. The authorized capital, the classes of shares, if any,

            into which it is to be divided, the number of shares of each

            class, and the par value of each share, or, where the shares

            are to be without par value, the consideration, if any,

            exceeding which each share or the aggregate consideration, if

            any, exceeding which all the shares of each class may not be

            issued.



            6. Where there are to be preference shares, the preferences,

            rights, conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions

            attaching to them or each class of them.



            7. Where the company is to be a private company, a statement

            to that effect and the restrictions to be placed on the

            transfer of its shares.



            8. The names of the applicants who are to be the first

            directors of the company.



            9. The class and number of shares to be taken by each

            applicant and the amount to be paid therefor.



            10. Any other matters that the applicants desire to have

            included in the letters patent.



18.(2)Idem



     18.(2) The applicants may ask to have included in the letters patent

     any provision that could be the subject of a by-law of the company.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 18.



19. Original shareholders



     19. Upon incorporation of a company, each applicant becomes a

     shareholder holding the class and number of shares stated in the

     application to be taken by the applicant and is liable to the

     company for the amount to be paid therefor. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 19.



20.(1) Use of word "Limited"



     20. 20.(1) The name of a company shall have the word "Limited" or

     "Limit,e" as the last word thereof, but a company may use the

     abbreviation "Ltd." or "Lt,e" and may be referred to in the same

     manner.



20.(2) Not applicable to insurers



     20.(2) This section does not apply to insurers incorporated under

     Part V. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 20.



21.(1) Use of name



     21. 21.(1) Where a company or a director, officer or employee

     thereof uses the name of the company, the word "Limited" or

     "Limit,e", or the abbreviation "Ltd." or "Lt,e", shall appear as the

     last word thereof.



21.(2) Exception



     21.(2) Stamping, writing, printing or otherwise marking on goods,

     wares and merchandise of the company or upon packages containing the

     same shall not be deemed a use of the name within the meaning of

     subsection (1). R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 21 (1, 2).



21.(3)Idem



     21.(3) A private company shall have the words "private company" or

     the words "compagnie ferm,e" on its seal, if it has a seal. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 21 (3); 1993, c. 27, Sched.; 1998, c. 18, Sched.

     E, s. 60.



21.(4)Offence



     21.(4) A company that contravenes any requirement of this section

     and every director, officer or employee of the company who

     authorizes, permits or acquiesces in any such contravention is

     guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not

     more than $200. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 21 (4).



22. Use of name



     22. Despite subsection 20 (1) and section 21, a company may use its

     name in such form and in such language as the letters patent or

     supplementary letters patent provide. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 22.



23.(1) Incidental powers



     23.(1) A company possesses, as incidental and ancillary to the

     objects set out in the letters patent or supplementary letters

     patent, power,



          (a) to carry on any other business capable of being

          conveniently carried on in connection with its business or

          likely to enhance the value of or make profitable any of its

          property or rights;



          (b) to acquire or undertake the whole or any part of the

          business, property and liabilities of any person carrying on

          any business that the company is authorized to carry on;



          (c) to apply for, register, purchase, lease, acquire, hold,

          use, control, license, sell, assign or dispose of patents,

          patent rights, copyrights, trade marks, formulae, licences,

          inventions, processes, distinctive marks and similar rights;



          (d) to enter into partnership or into any arrangement for

          sharing of profits, union of interests, co-operation, joint

          adventure, reciprocal concession or otherwise with any person

          or company carrying on or engaged in or about to carry on or

          engage in any business or transaction that the company is

          authorized to carry on or engage in or any business or

          transaction capable of being conducted so as to benefit the

          company, and to lend money to, guarantee the contracts of, or

          otherwise assist any such person or company, and to take or

          otherwise acquire shares and securities of any such company,

          and to sell, hold, reissue, with or without guarantee, or

          otherwise deal with the same;



          (e) to take or otherwise acquire and hold shares in any other

          company having objects altogether or in part similar to those

          of the company or carrying on any business capable of being

          conducted so as to benefit the company;



          (f) to enter into arrangements with any public authority that

          seem conducive to the company's objects and obtain from any

          such authority any rights, privileges or concessions;



          (g) to establish and support or aid in the establishment and

          support of associations, institutions, funds or trusts for the

          benefit of employees or former employees of the company or its

          predecessors, or the dependants or connections of such

          employees or former employees, and grant pensions and

          allowances, and make payments towards insurance or for any

          object similar to those set forth in this clause, and subscribe

          or guarantee money for charitable, benevolent, educational or

          religious objects or for any exhibition or for any public,

          general or useful objects;



          (h) to promote any company for the purpose of acquiring or

          taking over any of the property and liabilities of the company,

          or for any other purpose that may benefit the company;



          (i) to purchase, lease or take in exchange, hire or otherwise

          acquire any personal property and any rights or privileges that

          the company may think necessary or convenient for the purposes

          of its business;



          (j) to construct, improve, maintain, work, manage, carry out or

          control any roads, ways, tramways, branches, sidings, bridges,

          reservoirs, watercourses, wharves, factories, warehouses,

          electric works, shops, stores and other works and conveniences

          that may advance the company's interests, and to contribute to,

          subsidize or otherwise assist or take part in the construction,

          improvement, maintenance, working, management, carrying out or

          control thereof;



          (k) to raise and assist in raising money for, and to aid by way

          of bonus, loan, promise, endorsement, guarantee or otherwise,

          any person or company with whom the company may have business

          relations or any of whose shares, securities or other

          obligations are held by the company and to guarantee the

          performance or fulfilment of any contracts or obligations of

          any such person or company, and in particular to guarantee the

          payment of the principal of and interest on securities,

          mortgages and liabilities of any such person or company;



          (l) to draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue

          bills of exchange, promissory notes, bills of lading, warrants

          and other negotiable or transferable instruments;



          (m) to sell, lease, exchange or dispose of the undertaking of

          the company or any part thereof as an entirety or substantially

          as an entirety for such consideration as the company thinks

          fit, and in particular for shares or securities of any other

          company having objects altogether or in part similar to those

          of the company, if authorized so to do by a special resolution;



          (n) to sell, improve, manage, develop, exchange, lease, dispose

          of, turn to account or otherwise deal with the property of the

          company in the ordinary course of its business;



          (o) to adopt such means of making known the products of the

          company as seems expedient, and in particular by advertising in

          the press, by circulars, by purchase and exhibition of works of

          art or interest, by publication of books and periodicals or by

          granting prizes and rewards or making donations;



          (p) to cause the company to be registered and recognized in any

          foreign country or province or territory of Canada, and to

          designate persons therein according to the laws of such foreign

          country or province or territory to represent the company and

          to accept service for and on behalf of the company of any

          process or suit;



          (q) to allot and issue fully-paid shares of the company in

          payment or part payment of any property purchased or otherwise

          acquired by the company or for any past services rendered to

          the company;



          (r) to distribute among the shareholders of the company in

          money, kind, specie or otherwise as may be resolved, by way of

          dividend, bonus or in any other manner considered advisable,

          any property of the company, but no such distribution shall

          decrease the capital of the company unless made in accordance

          with this Act;



          (s) to pay all costs and expenses of or incidental to the

          incorporation and organization of the company;



          (t) to invest and deal with the money of the company not

          immediately required for its objects in such manner as may be

          determined;



          (u) to do any of the above things and all things authorized by

          the letters patent and supplementary letters patent as

          principals, agents, contractors, trustees or otherwise, and

          either alone or in conjunction with others;



          (v) to do all such other things as are incidental or conducive

          to the attainment of the above objects and of the objects set

          out in the letters patent and supplementary letters patent.



23.(2) Powers may be withheld



     23.(2) Any of the powers set out in subsection (1) may be withheld

     or limited by the letters patent or supplementary letters patent.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 23.



24.(1) Loans to shareholders and directors



     24.(1) Except as provided in subsection (2), a company shall not

     make loans to any of its shareholders or directors or give, directly

     or indirectly, by means of a loan, guarantee, the provision of

     security or otherwise, any financial assistance for the purpose of,

     or in connection with, a purchase made or to be made by any person

     of any shares of the company.



24.(2) Exceptions



     24.(2) A company may,



          (a) make loans to any of its shareholders or directors in the

          ordinary course of its business where the making of loans is

          part of the ordinary business of the company;



          (b) make loans to full-time employees of the company whether or

          not they are shareholders or directors, with a view to enabling

          them to purchase or erect dwelling houses for their own

          occupation, and may take from such employees mortgages or other

          securities for the repayment of such loans;



          (c) provide, in accordance with a scheme for the time being in

          force, money by way of loan for the purchase by trustees of

          fully-paid shares of the company, to be held by or for the

          benefit of employees of the company, whether or not they are

          shareholders or directors;



          (d) make loans to employees of the company, other than

          directors, whether or not they are shareholders, with a view to

          enabling them to purchase fully-paid shares of the company to

          be held by them by way of beneficial ownership; or



          (e) if it is a private company, make loans to any of its

          shareholders or directors with a view to enabling them to

          purchase issued shares of the company.



24.(3) By by-law only



     24.(3) The power mentioned in clause (2) (b), (c), (d) or (e) may be

     exercised only under the authority of a by-law passed by the

     directors and confirmed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at

     a general meeting of the shareholders duly called for considering

     the by-law.



24.(4) Liability of directors



     24.(4) Every director and officer of a company making or assenting

     to a loan in contravention of this section is, until repayment of

     the loan, jointly and severally liable to the company and to its

     creditors for the debts of the company then existing or thereafter

     contracted to the amount of the loan with interest at the rate of 5

     per cent per year. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 24.



25.(1) Authorized capital



     25.(1) The authorized capital of a company shall be divided into

     shares with par value or without par value or both and may consist

     of shares of more than one class.



25.(2) Par shares



     25.(2) Where the shares of a company are with par value, its

     authorized capital shall be expressed in dollars, pounds, francs or

     other currency in the letters patent or supplementary letters patent

     and is an amount equal to the total of the products of the number of

     shares of each class multiplied by the par value thereof.



25.(3) No par or par and no par shares



     25.(3) Where the shares of a company are without par value or where

     part of its shares are with par value and part are without par

     value, its authorized capital shall be expressed as a specified

     number of shares in the letters patent or supplementary letters

     patent. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 25 (1-3).



25.(4) Consideration for no par shares



     25.(4) Where the shares of a company are without par value or where

     part of its shares are with par value and part are without par

     value, the letters patent or supplementary letters patent may

     provide that each share without par value or the shares of each

     class of shares without par value are not to be issued for a

     consideration exceeding in amount or value a stated amount in

     dollars, pounds, francs or other currency, and the letters patent or

     supplementary letters patent may provide, in addition, that such

     share or shares may be issued for such greater amount as the board

     of directors of the company considers expedient. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 25 (4); 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (4).



26. Nature of shares



     26. Each share of a class shall be the same in all respects as every

     other share of that class. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 26.



27.(1) More than one class of shares



     27. 27.(1) If a company has more than one class of shares, one class

     shall be common shares designated as such and the other class or

     classes shall be preference shares howsoever designated.



27.(2) Application



     27.(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to shares authorized before the

     30th day of April, 1954. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 27.



28.(1) Preference shares



     28.(1) If a company has more than one class of shares, the letters

     patent or supplementary letters patent shall provide that the

     preference shares of a class confer upon the holders thereof a

     preference or right over the holders of shares of another class,

     either preference or common, and such preference or right, without

     limiting the nature thereof, may be in respect of dividends,

     repayment of capital, the right to elect part of the board of

     directors or the right to convert such shares into shares of another

     class or other classes of shares or into securities.



28.(2) Conditions, etc.



     28.(2) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent of a

     company may provide that the preference shares of a class may have

     attached thereto conditions, restrictions, limitations or

     prohibitions including, but without limiting the nature thereof, the

     right of the company to purchase for cancellation or at its option

     to redeem all or part of the shares of that class or conditions,

     restrictions, limitations or prohibitions on the right to vote.



28.(3) Redemption by shareholders



     28.(3) If the letters patent or supplementary letters patent so

     provide or if a by-law creating preference shares passed and

     confirmed before the 30th day of April, 1954, so provides, any

     preference shares of a class may be redeemed by the company at the

     request of a holder or of a number or proportion of such holders.



28.(4) No par preference shares not to be redeemed



     28.(4) Preference shares without par value do not have a preference

     in respect of the repayment of capital and are not subject to

     redemption or purchase for cancellation.



28.(5) Redemption of par value preference shares



     28.(5) Where preference shares with par value are to be redeemed,

     they shall be redeemed at the amount paid up thereon, but, if the

     letters patent or supplementary letters patent so provide or if a

     by-law creating preference shares passed and confirmed before the

     30th day of April, 1954, so provides, a premium, unpaid dividends or

     other stated amount may be paid.



28.(6)Redemption at actual value



     28.(6) Despite subsection (5), if the letters patent or

     supplementary letters patent so provide, the preference shares of a

     class may be redeemed out of money set aside in a fund for such

     purpose at a price as near as may be to the actual value thereof,

     and the method of determining such actual value shall be set out in

     the letters patent or supplementary letters patent.



28.(7)Redemption of part



     28.(7) Where the preference shares of a class are made redeemable by

     the letters patent or supplementary letters patent and where at any

     time some but not all of such shares are to be redeemed, the shares

     to be redeemed shall, except as provided in subsections (8) and (9),

     be selected by lot in such manner as the board of directors

     determines or as nearly as may be in proportion to the number of

     shares registered in the name of each shareholder.



28.(8)Redemption of all or part



     28.(8) Where at least 95 per cent of the holders of the preference

     shares of a class holding at least 95 per cent of the issued shares

     of such class consent in writing and where, after twenty-one days

     notice has been given by sending the notice to each of the holders

     of shares of such class to the holder's last address as shown on the

     books of the company, none of the holders of shares of such class

     dissents in writing to the company, the company may redeem all or

     any of such shares in such manner as the board of directors

     determines.



28.(9) Redemption of preference shares of private company



     28.(9) Where a holder of preference shares of a private company dies

     or leaves its employment, it may within one year of such event

     redeem all or any of the preference shares held by the deceased

     shareholder or former employee.



28.(10) Power to withhold



     28.(10) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent of a

     company may withhold any of the powers set out in subsection (7),

     (8) or (9).



28.(11) Purchase of preference shares by company



     28.(11) Where the letters patent or supplementary letters patent

     provide that the preference shares may be purchased for cancellation

     by the company, the company may purchase some or all of such shares

     at the lowest price at which, in the opinion of the directors, such

     shares are obtainable, but not exceeding the amount paid up thereon;

     but, if the letters patent or supplementary letters patent so

     provide, a premium, unpaid dividends or other stated amount may be

     paid.



28.(12) Insolvency



     28.(12) Preference shares shall not be redeemed or purchased for

     cancellation by the company if the company is insolvent or if the

     redemption or purchase would render the company insolvent.



28.(13) Effect of redemption



     28.(13) Where preference shares are redeemed or purchased for

     cancellation by the company, they shall be thereby cancelled, and

     the authorized and the issued capital of the company shall be

     thereby decreased.



28.(14) Conversion of preference shares



     28.(14) Where preference shares are converted into the same or

     another number of shares of another class or classes, whether

     preference or common, the shares converted thereupon become the same

     in all respects as the shares of the class or classes respectively

     into which they are converted and the number of shares of each class

     affected by the conversion is changed accordingly.



28.(15) Issued capital unchanged on conversion



     28.(15) Where preference shares are converted into another class or

     other classes of shares, the issued capital of the company shall not

     be increased or decreased by the conversion.



28.(16) Application



     28.(16) Subsections (1), (4), (7), (8), (9) and (11) do not apply to

     shares authorized before the 30th day of April, 1954. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 28.



29.(1) Preference shares in series



     29.(1) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent of a

     company may authorize the issue from time to time in one or more

     series of the preference shares of a class and may authorize the

     directors to fix from time to time before such issue the

     designation, preferences, rights, conditions, restrictions,

     limitations or prohibitions attaching to the shares of each series

     of such class.



29.(2) Voting rights



     29.(2) The shares of all series of the same class of preference

     shares shall carry the same voting rights or the same restrictions,

     conditions, limitations or prohibitions on the right to vote.



29.(3) Dividends



     29.(3) Where any dividends or amounts payable on a repayment of

     capital are not paid in full, the shares of all series of the same

     class of preference shares shall participate rateably in respect of

     such dividends, including accumulations, if any, in accordance with

     the sums that would be payable on such shares if all such dividends

     were declared and paid in full, and on any repayment of capital in

     accordance with the sums that would be payable on such repayment of

     capital if all sums so payable were paid in full.



29.(4) Conditions precedent to issue



     29.(4) No shares of any series of a class of preference shares shall

     be issued until supplementary letters patent have been issued

     setting forth the designation, preferences, rights, conditions,

     restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching to the shares of

     such series except in the case of the first series if such

     designation, preferences, rights, conditions, restrictions,

     limitations or prohibitions have been set forth in the letters

     patent or prior supplementary letters patent.



29.(5) Issue of supplementary letters patent



     29.(5) The Lieutenant Governor may issue such supplementary letters

     patent on the application of the company authorized by a resolution

     of the directors fixing the designation, preferences, rights,

     conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching to

     the shares of such series and the filing with the Minister of

     evidence of the due compliance with the conditions, if any,

     contained in the letters patent or in any prior supplementary

     letters patent, precedent to the creation and issue of the shares of

     such series. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 29.



30.(1) Voting rights



     30.(1) Subject to subsection 28 (2), every holder of a preference

     share or a common share is entitled to one vote for each preference

     share or each common share held by the holder at all meetings of the

     shareholders of the company, but this subsection does not apply to

     shares authorized before the 30th day of April, 1954.



30.(2) Votes



     30.(2) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent may

     provide for a greater number of votes for each share of a class or

     classes at all times or on the happening of a stated event. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 30.



31.(1) Issued capital, par value shares



     31.(1) Where the shares of a company are with par value, its issued

     capital shall be expressed in dollars, pounds, francs or other

     currency and is an amount equal to the total of the products of the

     number of issued shares of each class multiplied by the par value

     thereof.



31.(2) No par value shares, etc.



     31.(2) Where the shares of a company are without par value or where

     part of its shares are with par value and part are without par

     value, its issued capital shall be expressed in dollars, pounds,

     francs or other currency and is an amount equal to the total of the

     products of the number of issued shares of each class with par value

     multiplied by the par value thereof, together with the amount of the

     consideration for which the shares without par value from time to

     time outstanding were issued and together with such amounts as from

     time to time by by-law of the company may be transferred thereto.



31.(3)Idem



     31.(3) Nothing in subsection (2) affects the capital of a company in

     respect of shares without par value issued before the 30th day of

     April, 1954, if the letters patent or the supplementary letters

     patent of the company provide that the capital is to be at least

     equal to the sum of the aggregate par value of all issued shares

     having par value plus a sum in dollars, pounds, francs or other

     currency in respect of every issued share without par value plus

     such amounts as from time to time by by-law of the company may be

     transferred thereto.



31.(4)Idem



     31.(4) Where, before the 30th day of April, 1954, a company has set

     aside part of the consideration received upon the allotment and

     issue of shares without par value as distributable surplus, the

     amount of such distributable surplus does not form part of its

     issued capital. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 31.



32.(1) Issue of shares



     32. 32.(1) In the absence of a provision to the contrary in the

     letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of the

     company, shares may be allotted and issued at such times and in such

     manner and to such persons or class of persons as the directors

     determine.



32.(2) Consideration, par value shares



     32.(2) Shares with par value shall not be allotted and issued as

     fully paid except for a consideration payable in cash at least 

     equal to the product of the number of shares allotted and issued

     multiplied by the par value thereof or for a consideration payable 

     directly or indirectly in property or past services which the 

     directors in good faith determine by express resolution to be in

     all circumstances of the transaction the fair equivalent of such

     cash consideration.



32.(3) Consideration, no par shares



     32.(3) Shares without par value may be allotted and issued for such

     consideration as is fixed by the directors acting in good faith and

     in the best interests of the company.



32.(4) Idem



     32.(4) Shares without par value shall not be allotted and issued as

     fully paid except for the consideration fixed by the directors as

     aforesaid payable in cash to the total amount of the consideration

     so fixed or for a consideration payable directly or indirectly in

     property or past services which the directors in good faith

     determine by express resolution to be in all circumstances of the

     transaction the fair equivalent of such cash consideration.



32.(5) Holders not liable to creditors, etc.



     32.(5) Shares allotted and issued in accordance with this section

     shall be fully paid and non-assessable upon receipt by the company

     of the consideration for the allotment and issue thereof, and upon

     such receipt the holders of such shares are not liable to the

     company or to its creditors in respect thereof. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 32.



33.(1) Commission on sale of shares



     33. 33.(1) The directors may pass by-laws for the payment of

     commissions to persons in consideration of their subscribing or

     agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally, for

     shares in the company, or procuring or agreeing to procure

     subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional for such shares, but

     no such commission shall exceed 25 per cent of the amount of the

     subscription.



33.(2) Commission by-laws to be confirmed



     33.(2) No by-law passed under subsection (1) is effective until it

     is confirmed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general

     meeting of shareholders duly called for considering it.



33.(3) No unauthorized commissions



     33.(3) Except as provided in subsection (1), no company shall apply

     any of its shares or capital, either directly or indirectly, in

     payment of any commission, discount or allowance to any person in

     consideration of the person's subscribing or agreeing to subscribe,

     whether absolutely or conditionally, for shares of the company or

     procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions, whether absolute or

     conditional, for such shares, whether the shares or capital is so

     applied by being added to the purchase money of any property

     acquired by the company or to the contract price of any work to be

     executed for the company, or is paid out of the nominal purchase

     money or contract price or otherwise. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 33.



34.(1) Supplementary letters patent



     34.(1) A company may apply to the Lieutenant Governor for the issue

     of supplementary letters patent,



          (a) extending, limiting or otherwise varying its objects; 



          (b) changing its name;



          (c) increasing its authorized capital;



          (d) decreasing,

             (i) its authorized capital by cancelling issued or unissued 

             shares with or without par value or by reducing the par 

             value of issued or unissued shares, or 



             (ii) its issued capital, if it has shares without par value, 



          and, where it has more capital than it requires, authorizing 

          the repayment of capital to the shareholders to the extent that 

          the issued capital is decreased in any way under this clause; 



          (e) redividing its authorized capital into shares of lesser or 

          greater par value; 



          (f) consolidating or subdividing any of its shares without par 

          value; 



          (g) changing any of its shares with par value into shares 

          without par value; 



          (h) changing any of its shares without par value into shares 

          with par value; 



          (i) reclassifying any shares with or without par value into 

          shares of a different class; 



          (j) varying any provision in its letters patent or prior 

          supplementary letters patent; 



          (k) providing for any other matter or thing in respect of which 

          provision may be made in letters patent under this Act; 



          (l) converting it into a public company; 



          (m) making it subject to Part IV; 



          (n) making it not subject to Part IV; 



          (o) converting it into a private company; 



          (p) converting it into a corporation without share capital; 



          (q) converting it into a corporation, with or without share 

          capital. 



34.(2) Authorization



     34.(2) An application under clauses (1) (a) to (n) shall be 

     authorized by a special resolution. 



34.(3)Idem



     34.(3) An application under clauses (1) (o) to (q) shall be 

     authorized by a resolution of the board of directors and confirmed 

     in writing, 



            (a) by 100 per cent of the shareholders; or 



            (b) by at least 95 per cent of the shareholders holding at 

            least 95 per cent of the issued capital, 



     but, in the case of confirmation under clause (b), the application 

     shall not be made until twenty-one days notice of the application 

     has been given by sending the notice to each shareholder to the 

     shareholder's last address as shown on the books of the company and 

     only if at the expiration of the twenty-one days none of the 

     shareholders has dissented in writing to the company. 



34.(4) Additional authorization for variation of rights of preference

shareholders



     34.(4) If the application is to delete or vary a preference, right,

     condition, restriction, limitation or prohibition attaching to a

     class of preference shares or to create preference shares ranking in

     priority to or on a parity with an existing class of preference

     shares, then, subject to subsection (5) and, in addition to the

     authorization required by subsection (2), the application shall not

     be made until the application has been authorized in writing,



          (a)by 100 per cent of the holders of the shares of such class

          or classes of shares; or



          (b)by at least 95 per cent of the holders of the shares of such

          class or classes of shares holding at least 95 per cent of the

          issued shares of such class or classes,



     but, in the case of authorization under clause (b), the application

     shall not be made until twenty-one days notice of the application

     has been given by sending the notice to each of the holders of

     shares of such class or classes to the holder's last address as

     shown on the books of the company and only if at the expiration of

     twenty-one days none of the holders of such class or classes has

     dissented in writing to the company.



34.(5) Idem



     34.(5) If the letters patent or supplementary letters patent so

     provide, the authorization required by subsection (4) may be given

     by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a meeting of the holders

     of such class or classes of shares duly called for that purpose.



34.(6) Exception



     34.(6) Where letters patent or supplementary letters patent issued

     before the 30th day of April, 1954, provide for an authorization for

     an application for supplementary letters patent to delete or vary a

     preference, right, condition, restriction, limitation or prohibition

     attaching to preference shares or to create preference shares

     ranking in priority to or on a parity with an existing class of

     preference shares, such authorization is effective, and subsections

     (4) and (5) do not apply. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 34 (1-6).



34.(7)



     34.(7) Repealed: 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 61.



34.(8) Exception



     34.(8) Subsection (4) does not apply to an arrangement under section 112.



34.(9)Special Act corporations excepted



     34.(9) This section does not apply to a company incorporated by

     special Act, except that a company incorporated by special Act may

     apply under this section for the issue of supplementary letters

     patent changing its name. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 34 (8, 9).



35. Reduction of capital



     35. On an application for supplementary letters patent decreasing

     authorized or issued capital, the company shall establish to the

     satisfaction of the Minister that after the decrease the company

     will be solvent and, if required by the Minister, shall establish to

     his or her satisfaction that there are no creditors who object to

     the application. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 35.



36. Decrease of issued capital



     36. Where issued shares without par value are cancelled, the issued

     capital is thereby decreased by an amount equal to the total of the

     products of the average consideration for which the shares of each

     such class were issued multiplied by the number of shares cancelled

     of each such class, respectively. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 36.



37.(1) Liability on decrease of issued capital



     37.(1) On a decrease of the issued capital of a company by

     supplementary letters patent, each person who was a shareholder on

     the date of the supplementary letters patent is individually liable

     to the creditors of the company for the debts due on that date to an

     amount not exceeding the amount of the repayment to the person or

     reduction of the person's liability, or both, as the case may be.



37.(2) Limitation of liability



     37.(2) A person is not liable under subsection (1),



          (a) unless the company has been sued for the debt within six

          months after the date of the supplementary letters patent and

          execution has been returned unsatisfied in whole or in part;

          and



          (b) unless the person is sued for the debt within two years

          from the date of the supplementary letters patent.



37.(3) Idem



     37.(3) After execution has been so returned, the amount due on the

     execution, not exceeding the amount of the repayment to the person

     or the reduction of the person's liability, is the amount

     recoverable against the person.



37.(4) Class actions



     37.(4) Where it is made to appear that there are numerous

     shareholders who may be liable under this section, the court may

     permit an action to be brought against one or more of them as

     representatives of the class and, if the plaintiff establishes the

     plaintiff's claim as creditor, may make an order of reference and

     add as parties on the reference all such shareholders as may be

     found, and the referee shall determine the amount that each should

     contribute towards the plaintiff's claim and may direct payment of

     the sums so determined. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 37 (1-4).



37.(5) Shareholder holding shares in fiduciary capacity



     37.(5) No person holding shares as executor, administrator, guardian

     or trustee, who is registered on the books of the company as a

     shareholder and therein described as representing in any such

     capacity a named estate, person or trust, is personally liable under

     this section, but the estate, person or trust is subject to all

     liabilities imposed by this section. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 37

     (5); 1992, c. 32, s. 6 (1).



38.(1) Fractional shares



     38.(1) A person entitled to a fraction of a share is not entitled to

     be registered on the books of the company in respect thereof or to

     receive a share certificate therefor, but the person is entitled to

     receive a bearer fractional certificate in respect of such fraction

     and, on presentation at the head office of the company, or at a

     place designated by the company, of bearer fractional certificates

     for fractions that together represent a whole share, a share

     certificate for a whole share shall be issued in exchange therefor

     and the person in whose name such certificate is issued shall be

     registered on the books of the company as the holder of such share.



38.(2) Transfer



     38.(2) Such a bearer fractional certificate is transferable by

     delivery.



38.(3) Purchase by company



     38.(3) For the purpose of consolidating fractions of shares into

     whole shares, a company may purchase fractions of shares and, if it

     does so, it shall sell forthwith the whole shares resulting from the

     consolidation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 38.



39. Shares deemed personal estate



     39. The shares of a company shall be deemed to be personal estate.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 39.



40.(1) Transfer of shares



     40. 40.(1) The shares of a company are transferable on the books of

     the company subject to such conditions and restrictions as this Act,

     the special Act, the letters patent or supplementary letters patent

     prescribe.



40.(2) Transfer by-laws



     40.(2) Subject to subsection (3), no by-law shall be passed that in

     any way restricts the right of a holder of fully-paid shares to

     transfer them, but by-laws may be passed regulating the method of

     their transfer.



40.(3) Where shareholder indebted to company



     40.(3) Except in the case of shares listed on a recognized stock

     exchange, where the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or

     by-laws so provide, the directors may refuse to permit the

     registration of a transfer of fully-paid shares registered in the

     name of a shareholder who is indebted to the company. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 40.



41. Register of transfers



     41. Every company shall cause to be kept a register of transfers in

     which all transfers of shares and the date and other particulars of

     each transfer shall be set out. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 41.



42. Transfer agents



     42. A company may appoint a transfer agent to keep the register of

     shareholders and the register of transfers and may also appoint one

     or more branch transfer agents to keep branch registers of

     shareholders and branch registers of transfers. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 42.



43.(1) Where registers to be kept



     43.(1) The register of shareholders and the register of transfers

     shall be kept at the head office of the company or at such other

     office or place in Ontario as is appointed by resolution of the

     directors, and the branch register or registers of shareholders and

     the branch register or registers of transfers may be kept at such

     office or offices of the company or other place or places, either in

     or outside Ontario, as are appointed by resolution of the directors.



43.(2) Valid registration



     43.(2) Registration of the transfer of a share of the company in the

     register of transfers or a branch register of transfers is a

     complete and valid registration for all purposes.



43.(3)Entry in branch transfer register



     43.(3) In each branch register of transfers shall be recorded only

     the particulars of the transfers of shares registered in that branch

     register of transfers.



43.(4)Entry in register of transfers



     43.(4) Particulars of every transfer of shares registered in every

     branch register of transfers shall be recorded in the register of

     transfers.



43.(5) Closing of register of transfers



     43.(5) The directors of a company may by resolution close the

     register of transfers and the branch register or registers of

     transfers, if any, for a period of time not exceeding forty-eight

     hours, exclusive of Saturdays and holidays, immediately preceding

     any meeting of the shareholders, and notice of every such closing

     shall be given in a newspaper published in the place where the

     register of transfers is kept and in a newspaper published in each

     place in which a branch register of transfers is kept. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 43.



44.(1) Share certificates



     44.(1) Every shareholder is entitled to a share certificate in

     respect of the shares held by the shareholder, signed by the proper

     officers in accordance with the company's by-laws in that regard,

     but the company is not bound to issue more than one share

     certificate in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several

     persons and delivery of a share certificate to one of several joint

     shareholders is sufficient delivery to all.



44.(2) Title



     44.(2) A share certificate is proof, in the absence of evidence to

     the contrary, of the title of the shareholder to the shares

     represented thereby.



44.(3) Fee



     44.(3) A company may charge a fee of not more than 50 cents for

     every share certificate issued, except that, in the case of the

     allotment and issue of shares, no fee shall be charged. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 44.



45. Lost certificates



     45. Where a share certificate is defaced, destroyed or lost, a new

     certificate may be issued in its place on payment of such fee, if

     any, not exceeding $1 and on such terms, if any, as to evidence and

     indemnity as the directors determine. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 45.



46.(1) Contents of share certificates



     46.(1) Every share certificate,



          (a)shall bear upon its face the name of the company, a

          statement in English or in French that the company is

          incorporated in the Province of Ontario and a statement of its

          authorized capital;



          (b)shall state the number and class of shares represented

          thereby and whether the shares are with par value or without

          par value and, if partly paid, the amount paid up thereon or

          that the shares are fully paid, as the case may be;



          (c)if it represents preference shares, shall state thereon in

          legible characters the preferences, rights, conditions,

          restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching to the

          class of preference shares to which it belongs; and



          (d) if it represents shares of a private company, shall bear

          upon its face the words "Private Company" or the words

          "compagnie ferm,e".



46.(2) Exception



     46.(2) Where some but not all of the preference shares of a class

     are converted, redeemed or purchased for cancellation, it is

     unnecessary for the company to change the statement of its

     authorized capital on its share certificates. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,

     s. 46.



47. Signing of share certificates



     47. A share certificate shall be signed manually by at least one

     officer of the company or by or on behalf of a transfer agent or

     branch transfer agent of the company, and the company may by by-law

     provide that any additional signatures required on share

     certificates may be printed, engraved, lithographed or otherwise

     mechanically reproduced thereon, and in such event share

     certificates so signed are as valid as if they had been signed

     manually. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 47.



48.(1) Trusts



     48.(1) A company is not bound to see to the execution of any trust,

     whether express, implied or constructive, in respect of any share.



48.(2)Discharge



     48.(2)  The receipt of the shareholder in whose name the share is

     registered on the books of the company is a valid and binding

     discharge to the company for any payment made in respect of such

     share whether notice of such trust has been given to the company or

     not.



48.(3)Application of money paid



     48.(3) The company is not bound to see to the application of the

     money paid upon such receipt. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 48 (1-3).



48.(4)Authority to transfer



     48.(4) The written authorization of an executor, administrator,

     guardian or trustee who is registered on the books of the company as

     holding shares in any such capacity is sufficient justification for

     the company to register a transfer of such shares, including a

     transfer into the name of such executor, administrator, guardian or

     trustee absolutely. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 48 (4); 1992, c. 32, s.

     6 (2).



49.(1) Share warrants



     49.(1) A public company, if so authorized by its letters patent or

     supplementary letters patent and subject to the provisions

     respecting share warrants therein contained, may, with respect to

     any fully-paid shares, issue under the seal of the company a share

     warrant stating that the bearer of it is entitled to the share or

     shares therein specified, and may provide, by coupons or otherwise,

     for the payment of future dividends on the share or shares specified

     in the share warrant.



49.(2) Entry of share warrant in company books



     49.(2) On the issue of a share warrant, the company shall remove

     from its books the name of the shareholder then entered thereon as

     holding such share or shares as if the person had ceased to be a

     shareholder and shall enter in such books the following particulars:



          1. The fact of the issue of the share warrant.



          2. A statement of the shares specified in the share warrant.



          3. The date of the issue of the share warrant.



49.(3) Transfer



     49.(3) A share warrant entitles the bearer thereof to the shares

     therein specified and the shares may be transferred by delivery of

     the warrant.



49.(4) Bearer of share warrant deemed shareholder



     49.(4) The bearer of a share warrant shall be deemed to be a

     shareholder of the company, except that the bearer is not entitled

     to receive notice of meetings or a copy of any financial statement

     or auditor's report and is not qualified in respect of shares

     specified in the share warrant to be a director of the company.



49.(5) Voting rights



     49.(5) Upon presentation of a share warrant at a meeting of

     shareholders, its bearer is entitled to attend the meeting and vote

     the shares specified in it.



49.(6) Definition



     49.(6) For the purpose of subsection (5), the expression "share

     warrant" includes a certificate or other document satisfactory to

     the company to the effect that its bearer is the holder of a share

     warrant in respect of the shares specified in the certificate or

     other document.



49.(7) Exchange of warrant for registration as shareholder



     49.(7) The bearer of a share warrant is, subject to the provisions

     respecting share warrants contained in the letters patent or

     supplementary letters patent, entitled, on surrendering it for

     cancellation, to have the shares specified in it registered in the

     bearer's name on the books of the company, and the company is

     responsible for any loss incurred by any person by reason of the

     company entering on its books the name of the bearer of a share

     warrant in respect of the shares specified in it without the warrant

     being surrendered and cancelled.



49.(8) Surrender of share warrant



     49.(8) Upon the surrender of a share warrant for cancellation, the

     date of the surrender shall be entered in the books of the company.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 49.



50.(1) Transfers valid only after registration



     50.(1) No transfer of shares, unless made by sale under an execution

     or under a decree, order or judgment of a court of competent

     jurisdiction, is valid for any purpose whatsoever until registration

     thereof has been duly made in the register of transfers or in a

     branch register of transfers of the company, save only as exhibiting

     the rights of the parties thereto towards each other and, if

     absolute, of rendering any transferee jointly and severally liable

     with the transferor to the company and to its creditors.



50.(2) Exception



     50.(2) Despite subsection (1), where fully-paid shares are listed on

     a recognized stock exchange at the time of the delivery of a

     certificate for such shares with a duly executed instrument of

     transfer endorsed thereon or accompanying it, such delivery

     constitutes a valid transfer of the shares represented by such

     certificate, but, until registration of such transfer is duly made

     in the register of transfers or in a branch register of transfers of

     the company, the company may treat the person in whose name the

     shares represented by such certificate are registered on the books

     of the company as being solely entitled to receive notice of and

     vote at meetings of shareholders and receive any payments in respect

     of such shares whether by way of dividends or otherwise.



50.(3) Power of attorney not revoked by death



     50.(3) A power of attorney contained in a duly executed instrument

     of transfer endorsed on or accompanying a share certificate

     delivered for value before the death of the transferor is not

     revoked by the death of the transferor but is valid and effectual

     subject to the conditions or restrictions, if any, contained

     therein. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 50.



51.(1) Notice to owner



     51.(1) The directors may refuse to permit the registration of a

     transfer of shares on the books of the company for the purpose of

     notifying the person registered thereon as owner of such shares of

     the application for such registration, and in that event the company

     shall forthwith give notice to such person of such application.



51.(2) Owner may lodge caveat



     51.(2) The owner may within seven days after the giving of such

     notice lodge a caveat against the registration of the transfer and

     thereupon the registration of the transfer shall not be made for a

     period of forty-eight hours.



51.(3) Transfer may be registered if no order served



     51.(3) If within one week after the giving of such notice or the

     expiration of such period of forty-eight hours, whichever last

     expires, no order of a competent court enjoining the registration of

     the transfer has been served upon the company, the transfer may be

     registered.



51.(4) Liability of company



     51.(4) Where a transfer of shares is registered after the

     proceedings mentioned in this section, the company is not liable in

     respect of such shares to a person whose rights are purported to be

     transferred, but nothing in this subsection prejudices any claim the

     transferor may have against the transferee. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     51.



52.(1) Where consent of directors to transfer required



     52.(1) No registration of a transfer of shares that are not fully

     paid shall be made without the consent of the directors and of the

     transferee and, subject to subsection (4), where such registration

     is made with the consent of the directors, the transferor is not

     liable to the company or to its creditors for the amount unpaid on

     such shares.



52.(2) Directors' liability



     52.(2) Subject to subsection (3), where registration is made with

     the consent of the directors of a transfer of shares that are not

     fully paid to a person whom the directors have reason to believe is

     not of sufficient means to pay fully for such shares, the directors

     are jointly and severally liable to the company and to its creditors

     in the same manner and to the same extent as the transferor would

     have been liable if the registration had not been made.



52.(3) Relief from liability



     52.(3) If a director, present when such consent to registration is

     given, forthwith, or, if a director then absent, within seven days

     after he or she becomes aware of such consent, delivers to an

     officer of the company a written protest against such consent and,

     within seven days after delivery of such protest, sends a copy of

     such protest by registered mail to the Minister, such director

     thereby and not otherwise exonerates himself or herself from

     liability under subsection (2).



52.(4) Liability where call remains unpaid



     52.(4) Where the transfer of a share upon which a call is unpaid is

     registered with the consent of the directors and of the transferee,

     the transferee is liable for the call to the same extent and with

     the same liability to forfeiture of the share, if the call remains

     unpaid, as if the transferee had been the holder when the call was

     made, and the transferor also remains liable for the call until it

     is paid. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 52.



53. Transmission of deceased shareholder's shares



     53. Where upon the death of a holder of any shares or securities of

     a company a transmission thereof takes place to or title to or

     control thereof vests or is claimed to vest in any person, herein

     called "the successor", the company is justified in permitting or

     consenting to the registration thereof in the name of the successor

     on the company's books or in paying the principal amount thereof or

     any dividend or interest thereon to the successor,



          (a) if the successor claims by virtue of a grant of probate or

          letters of administration or other instrument issued or

          purporting to be issued by a court or other judicial authority

          in any jurisdiction, upon production of the same or an

          authenticated copy thereof or extract therefrom or a

          certificate of such grant under the seal of such court or other

          authority without any proof of the authenticity of such seal or

          other proof whatever and deposit of a copy thereof;



          (b) if the successor claims by virtue of the laws of any

          jurisdiction in which any such transmission or vesting of title

          or control takes place without a grant of probate or letters of

          administration or other court or judicial action, upon

          production and deposit of proof thereof in accordance with the

          laws of such jurisdiction and reasonable evidence of such laws;

          or



          (c) if the net value of the estate of the deceased holder is

          less than $1,500 or if the market value of the shares or

          securities is less than $300, upon proof thereof to the

          reasonable satisfaction of the company,



     together with, in any such event, production and deposit by the

     successor of a sworn statement showing the nature of the

     transmission or vesting of title or control, as the case may be.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 53.



54.(1) Calls on shares



     54.(1) The directors may by resolution call in and by notice thereof

     in writing demand from the shareholders the whole or any part of the

     amount unpaid on shares held by them at such times and places and in

     such payments or instalments as this Act, the special Act, the

     letters patent, the supplementary letters patent, the by-laws or the

     terms of allotment and issue of such shares require or allow.



54.(2) Demand to state liability to forfeiture



     54.(2) The demand shall state that, in the event of the call not

     being paid in accordance with the demand, the shares in respect of

     which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.



54.(3) Liability for interest



     54.(3) If a shareholder fails to pay a call due by the shareholder

     on or before the day appointed for the payment thereof, the

     shareholder is liable to pay interest on the amount thereof at the

     rate of 5 per cent per year from the day appointed for payment to

     the time of payment.



54.(4) Forfeiture of shares



     54.(4) In the event of the call not being paid in accordance with

     the demand, the directors may forfeit any shares on which the call

     is not paid.



54.(5) Sale of forfeited shares



     54.(5) Any forfeited shares become the property of the company upon

     the forfeiture, and, subject to its by-laws, may be sold.



54.(6) Continuing liability



     54.(6) Despite such forfeiture, the holder of such shares at the

     time of forfeiture continues liable to the company and to its

     creditors for the full amount unpaid on such shares at the time of

     forfeiture, less any sums that are subsequently received by the

     company in respect thereof.



54.(7) Refund of excess on sale



     54.(7) Where the company receives on the sale of forfeited shares an

     amount in excess of the amount then unpaid on such shares, the

     excess amount shall be paid to the person whose shares were

     forfeited.



54.(8) Recovery of calls by suit



     54.(8) The directors may, instead of forfeiting any shares, enforce

     payment of all calls and interest thereon by action in a court of

     competent jurisdiction. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 54.



55. Right to receive uncalled money



     55. The directors may receive at any time from a shareholder all or

     any part of the money uncalled and unpaid upon shares held by the

     shareholder. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 55.



56.(1) Shareholder's liability limited



     56.(1) A shareholder shall not, as such, be held answerable or

     responsible for any act, default, obligation or liability of the

     company, or for any engagement, claim, payment, loss, injury,

     transaction, matter or thing relating to or connected with the

     company beyond the amount unpaid on the shareholder's shares.



56.(2) Shareholder's liability



     56.(2) A shareholder, until the whole amount has been paid up on the

     shareholder's shares, is liable to the creditors of the company to

     an amount equal to that unpaid thereon, but the shareholder is not

     liable to an action therefor by a creditor until an execution at the

     suit of the creditor against the company has been returned

     unsatisfied in whole or in part.



56.(3) Amount recoverable



     56.(3) The amount due on such execution, not exceeding the amount

     unpaid on the shareholder's shares, is the amount recoverable from

     such shareholder and, when so recovered, shall be considered as paid

     on those shares.



56.(4)Set-off



     56.(4) A shareholder may plead by way of defence, in whole or in

     part, to any such action by a creditor any setoff that the

     shareholder could set up against the company except a claim for

     unpaid dividends or a salary or allowance as a director or officer

     of the company. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 56.



57.(1) Trustees, etc., not personally liable



     57.(1) No executor, administrator, guardian or trustee who is

     registered on the books of the company as a shareholder and therein

     described as representing in any such capacity a named estate,

     person or trust is personally liable in respect of the shares that

     he, she or it so represents. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 57 (1); 1992,

     c. 32, s. 6 (3).



57.(2)Liability of estate, etc.



     57.(2) The estate, person or trust so represented is liable as if

     the testator, intestate, mentally incapable person, ward or

     beneficiary were registered on the books of the company as the

     holder of the shares. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 57 (2); 1992, c. 32,

     s. 6 (4).



57.(3)Where trustee, etc., liable



     57.(3) If the testator, intestate, mentally incapable person, ward

     or beneficiary so represented is not named on the books of the

     company, the executor, administrator, committee, guardian or trustee

     is personally liable in respect of such shares as if he, she or it

     held them in his, her or its own name as owner thereof. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 57 (3); 1992, c. 32, s. 6 (5).



58.(1) Definition



     58.(1) The word "mortgagee", as used in subsection (2), includes a

     trustee for holders of securities.



58.(2) Mortgagee not personally liable



     58.(2) No mortgagee of a share of a company and no person holding

     such a share as collateral security who is registered on the books

     of the company as the holder of such share and therein described as

     representing in either of such capacities a named mortgagor or

     person giving such collateral security is personally liable in

     respect of such share that he, she or it so represents, but the

     mortgagor or other person giving such collateral security is liable

     as if the mortgagor or other person were registered on the books of

     the company as the holder of such share. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     58.



59.(1) Borrowing powers



     59.(1) The directors may pass by-laws,



          (a) for borrowing money on the credit of the company;



          (b) for issuing, selling or pledging securities of the company; or



          (c) for charging, mortgaging, hypothecating or pledging all or

          any of the property of the company, including book debts and

          unpaid calls, rights, powers, franchises and undertaking, to

          secure any securities or any money borrowed, or other debt, or

          any other obligation or liability of the company.



59.(2) Definition



     59.(2) The expression "property of the company" in subsection (1)

     and in every predecessor thereof includes and has included always

     both present and future property of the company.



59.(3) Borrowing by-laws to be confirmed



     59.(3) No by-law passed under subsection (1) is effective until it

     has been confirmed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a

     general meeting of shareholders duly called for considering it.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 59.



60. Irredeemable securities



     60. A condition contained in a security or in a deed for securing a

     security is not invalid by reason only that the security is thereby

     made irredeemable or redeemable only on the happening of a

     contingency, however remote, or on the expiration of a period,

     however long. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 60.



61.(1) Duplicate to be filed



     61.(1) A duplicate original, or a copy certified under the seal of

     the company, of any charge, mortgage or other instrument of

     hypothecation or pledge made by the company to secure its securities

     shall be filed forthwith in the office of the Minister.



61.(2) Exception



     61.(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a charge or mortgage filed

     with the Minister under any other Act. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 61.



62.(1) Power to declare dividends



     62.(1) Subject to the special Act, letters patent or supplementary

     letters patent of the company, the directors may declare and the

     company may pay dividends on the issued shares of the company.



62.(2) Manner of payment



     62.(2) A dividend may be paid in money or in specie or in kind not

     exceeding in value the amount of the dividend.



62.(3) When dividend not to be declared



     62.(3) The directors shall not declare and the company shall not pay

     any dividend or bonus when the company is insolvent, or any dividend

     or bonus the payment of which renders the company insolvent or that

     diminishes its capital, and, if any dividend or bonus is declared

     and paid contrary to this subsection, the directors are jointly and

     severally liable to the company for the amount of the dividend so

     declared and paid or such part thereof as renders the company

     insolvent or diminishes its capital.



62.(4) Relief from liability



     62.(4) If a director, present when any such dividend or bonus is

     declared, forthwith, or, if a director then absent, within seven

     days after he or she becomes aware of such declaration, delivers to

     an officer of the company a written protest against such declaration

     and, within seven days after delivery of such protest, sends a copy

     of such protest by registered mail to the Minister, such director

     thereby and not otherwise exonerates himself or herself from

     liability under subsection (3).



62.(5) Companies with wasting assets



     62.(5) Nothing in this section prevents a mining company or a

     company whose assets are of a wasting character, or a company

     incorporated for the object of acquiring and administering the

     assets or a substantial part of the assets of another corporation,

     either from such corporation or from the assign of such corporation,

     for the purpose of converting such assets into money and

     distributing the money among the shareholders of the company, from

     declaring and paying dividends out of funds derived from the

     operations of the company.



62.(6) Extent of impairment of capital



     62.(6) The powers conferred by subsection (5) may be exercised

     despite the fact that the value of the net assets of the company may

     be thereby reduced to less than the issued capital of the company if

     the payment of the dividends does not reduce the value of its

     remaining assets to an amount insufficient to meet all the

     liabilities of the company exclusive of its issued capital.



62.(7) Where confirmed by-law required



     62.(7) Subject to subsection (8), the powers conferred by subsection

     (5) may be exercised only under the authority of a by-law passed by

     the directors and confirmed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast

     at a general meeting of the shareholders duly called for considering

     it.



62.(8) Idem



     62.(8) Where dividends have been paid by a company in any of the

     cases mentioned in subsection (5) without the authority of a by-law,

     the payment thereof is nevertheless valid if a by-law adopting and

     approving the payment is passed by the directors and confirmed by

     the shareholders in the manner mentioned in subsection (7). R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 62.



63. Stock dividends



     63. For the amount of any dividend that the directors may declare

     payable in money, they may declare a stock dividend and issue

     therefor shares of the company as fully paid or may credit the

     amount of such dividend on shares of the company already issued but

     not fully paid, and the liability of the holders of such shares

     shall be reduced by the amount of such dividend. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 63.



64. Closing transfer registers



     64. The directors, upon declaring a dividend, may direct that no

     transfer of shares shall be registered on the books of the company

     for a stated period, not exceeding two weeks, immediately preceding

     the payment of the dividend, and payment thereof shall be made to

     the shareholders of record on the date of closing the books. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 64.



65. Cumulative voting for directors



     65. The letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of a

     company may provide that every shareholder entitled to vote at an

     election of directors has the right to cast thereat a number of

     votes equal to the number of votes attached to the shares held by

     the shareholder multiplied by the number of directors to be elected,

     and the shareholder may cast all such votes in favour of one

     candidate or distribute them among the candidates in such manner as

     the shareholder sees fit, and that, where a shareholder has voted

     for more than one candidate without specifying the distribution of

     the votes among such candidates the shareholder shall be deemed to

     have divided the votes equally among the candidates for whom the

     shareholder voted. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 65.



66. Removal of directors



     66. Where the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-

     laws of a company provide for the election of directors by

     cumulative voting under section 65, the letters patent,

     supplementary letters patent or by-laws may provide that the

     shareholders may, by a resolution passed by at least two-thirds of

     the votes cast at a general meeting of which notice specifying the

     intention to pass such resolution has been given, remove any

     director before the expiration of his or her term of office, and

     may, by a majority of the votes cast at that meeting, elect any

     person in his or her stead for the remainder of the term, but that

     no director shall be removed where the votes cast against the

     resolution for his or her removal would, if cumulatively voted at an

     election of the full board of directors, be sufficient to elect one

     or more directors. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 66.



67.(1) Idem



     67.(1) Where the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-

     laws of a company do not provide for cumulative voting under section

     65, the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws may

     provide that the shareholders may, by a resolution passed by at

     least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of which

     notice specifying the intention to pass such resolution has been

     given, remove any director before the expiration of his or her term

     of office, and may, by a majority of the votes cast at that meeting,

     elect any person in his or her stead for the remainder of the term.



67.(2)Exception



     67.(2) Subsection (1) does not affect the operation of any provision

     respecting the removal of directors in the letters patent or

     supplementary letters patent of a company issued before the 30th day

     of April, 1954. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 67.



68.(1) By-laws



     68.(1) The directors may pass by-laws not contrary to this Act or to

     the letters patent or supplementary letters patent to regulate,



          (a) the allotment and issue of shares, the making of calls

          thereon, the payment thereof, the issue of share certificates,

          the forfeiture of shares for non-payment, the sale of forfeited

          shares, the transfer and the registration of transfers of

          shares;



          (b) the declaration and payment of dividends;



          (c) the qualification and remuneration of the directors;



          (d) the time for and the manner of election of directors;



          (e) the appointment, remuneration, functions, duties and

          removal of agents, officers and employees of the company and

          the security, if any, to be given by them to it;



          (f) the time and place and the notice to be given for the

          holding of meetings of the shareholders and of the board of

          directors, the quorum at meetings of shareholders, the

          requirements as to proxies, and the procedure in all things at

          shareholders' meetings and at meetings of the board of

          directors;



          (g) the conduct in all other particulars of the affairs of the

          company.



68.(2) Confirmation



     68.(2) A by-law passed under subsection (1) and a repeal, amendment

     or re-enactment thereof, unless in the meantime confirmed at a

     general meeting of the shareholders duly called for that purpose, is

     effective only until the next annual meeting of the shareholders

     unless confirmed thereat and, in default of confirmation thereat,

     ceases to have effect at and from that time, and in that case no new

     by-law of the same or like substance has any effect until confirmed

     at a general meeting of the shareholders.



68.(3) Rejection, etc.



     68.(3) The shareholders may at the general meeting or the annual

     meeting mentioned in subsection (2) confirm, reject, amend or

     otherwise deal with any by-law passed by the directors and submitted

     to the meeting for confirmation, but no act done or right acquired

     under any such by-law shall be prejudicially affected by any such

     rejection, amendment or other dealing. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 68.



69. Payment of president and directors



     69. No by-law for the payment of the president as president or of

     any director as a director is effective until it has been confirmed

     at a general meeting of the shareholders duly called for that

     purpose. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 69.



70.(1) Executive committee



     70.(1) Where the number of directors on the board of directors of a

     company is more than six, the directors may pass a by-law

     authorizing them to elect from among their number an executive

     committee consisting of not fewer than three and to delegate to the

     executive committee any powers of the board, subject to the

     restrictions, if any, contained in the by-law or imposed from time

     to time by the directors.



70.(2) Confirmation



     70.(2) The by-law is not effective until it has been confirmed by at

     least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of the

     shareholders duly called for that purpose.



70.(3) Quorum



     70.(3) An executive committee may fix its quorum at not less than a

     majority of its members. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 70.



71.(1) Disclosure by directors of interests in contracts



     71.(1) Every director of a company who is in any way directly or

     indirectly interested in a proposed contract or a contract with the

     company shall declare his or her interest at a meeting of the

     directors of the company.



71.(2) Time of declaration



     71.(2) In the case of a proposed contract, the declaration required

     by this section shall be made at the meeting of the directors at

     which the question of entering into the contract is first taken into

     consideration or, if the director is not at the date of that meeting

     interested in the proposed contract, at the next meeting of the

     directors held after he or she becomes so interested, and, in a case

     where the director becomes interested in a contract after it is

     made, the declaration shall be made at the first meeting of the

     directors held after he or she becomes so interested.



71.(3) General notice



     71.(3) For the purposes of this section, a general notice given to

     the directors of a company by a director to the effect that he or

     she is a shareholder of or otherwise interested in any other

     company, or is a member of a specified firm and is to be regarded as

     interested in any contract made with such other company or firm,

     shall be deemed to be a sufficient declaration of interest in

     relation to a contract so made, but no such notice is effective

     unless it is given at a meeting of the directors or the director

     takes reasonable steps to ensure that it is brought up and read at

     the next meeting of the directors after it is given.



71.(4) Effect of declaration



     71.(4) If a director has made a declaration of his or her interest

     in a proposed contract or contract in compliance with this section

     and has not voted in respect of the contract, the director is not

     accountable to the company or to any of its shareholders or

     creditors for any profit realized from the contract, and the

     contract is not voidable by reason only of the director holding that

     office or of the fiduciary relationship established thereby.



71.(5) Confirmation by shareholders



     71.(5) Despite anything in this section, a director is not

     accountable to the company or to any of its shareholders or

     creditors for any profit realized from such contract and the

     contract is not by reason only of the director's interest therein

     voidable if it is confirmed by a majority of the votes cast at a

     general meeting of the shareholders duly called for that purpose and

     if the director's interest in the contract is declared in the notice

     calling the meeting.



71.(6) Offence



     71.(6) If a director is liable in respect of profit realized from

     any such contract and the contract is by reason only of his or her

     interest therein voidable, the director is guilty of an offence and

     on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 71.



72.(1) Definitions



     72. 72.(1) In this section and in sections 73 to 78,



         "affiliate" means an affiliated company within the meaning of

          subsection 106 (3); ("membre du m^me groupe")



         "associate", where used to indicate a relationship with any

          person, means,



          (a) any company of which such person beneficially owns directly

          or indirectly equity shares carrying more than 10 per cent of

          the voting rights attached to all equity shares of the company

          for the time being outstanding,



          (b) any trust or estate in which such person has a substantial

          beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as

          trustee or in a similar capacity,



          (c) any person of the opposite sex to whom the person is

          married or with whom the person is living in a conjugal

          relationship outside marriage, or



          (d) any relative of the person or of a person mentioned in

          clause (c) who, in any such case, has the same home as the

          person; ("personne qui a un lien")



         "capital security" means any share of any class of shares of a

          company or any bond, debenture, note or other obligation of a

          company, whether secured or unsecured; ("valeurs")



         "equity share" means any share of any class of shares of a

          company carrying voting rights under all circumstances and any

          share of any class of shares carrying voting rights by reason

          of the occurrence of any contingency that has occurred and is

          continuing; ("action participante")



         "insider" or "insider of a company" means,



          (a) any director or senior officer of a public company that has

          fifteen or more shareholders, two or more persons who are the

          joint registered owners of one or more shares being counted as

          one shareholder,



          (b) any person who beneficially owns directly or indirectly

          equity shares of such a company carrying more than 10 per cent

          of the voting rights attached to all equity shares of the

          company for the time being outstanding, provided that in

          computing the percentage of voting rights attached to equity

          shares owned by an underwriter there shall be excluded any

          equity shares that have been acquired by the underwriter as

          underwriter in the course of distribution to the public of such

          shares, but such exclusion ceases to have effect on completion

          or cessation of the distribution to the public by the

          underwriter, or



          (c) any person who exercises control or direction over the

          equity shares of such a company carrying more than 10 per cent

          of the voting rights attached to all equity shares of the

          company for the time being outstanding; ("initi,s", "initi,s

          d'une compagnie")



         "senior officer" means,



          (a) the chair or any vice-chair of the board of directors, the

          president, any vice-president, the secretary, the treasurer or

          the general manager of a company or any other individual who

          performs functions for the company similar to those normally

          performed by an individual occupying any such office, and



          (b) each of the five highest paid employees of a company,

          including any individual referred to in clause (a); ("cadre

          dirigeant")



         "underwriter" has the same meaning as in the Securities Act.

          ("souscripteur . forfait")



72.(2) Interpretation



     72.(2) For the purposes of this section and sections 73 to 78,



          (a) every director or senior officer of a company that is

          itself an insider of another company shall be deemed to be an

          insider of such other company;



          (b) an individual shall be deemed to own beneficially capital

          securities beneficially owned by a company controlled by him or

          her or by an affiliate of such company;



          (c) a company shall be deemed to own beneficially capital

          securities beneficially owned by its affiliates; and



          (d) the acquisition or disposition by an insider of a put, call

          or other transferable option with respect to a capital security

          shall be deemed a change in the beneficial ownership of the

          capital security to which such transferable option relates.

          R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 72.



73.(1) Report



     73.(1) A person who becomes an insider of a company shall, within

     ten days after the end of the month in which the person becomes an

     insider, file with the Commission a report, as of the day on which

     the person became an insider, of the person's direct or indirect

     beneficial ownership of or control or direction over capital

     securities of the company.



73.(2) Idem



     73.(2) If a person who is an insider of a company, but has no direct

     or indirect beneficial ownership of or control or direction over

     capital securities of the company, acquires direct or indirect

     beneficial ownership of or control or direction over any such

     securities, the person shall, within ten days after the end of the

     month in which the person acquired such direct or indirect

     beneficial ownership or such control or direction, file with the

     Commission a report, as of the date of such acquisition, of the

     person's direct or indirect beneficial ownership of or control or

     direction over capital securities of the company.



73.(3) Report of subsequent changes



     73.(3) A person who has filed or is required to file a report under

     this section or any predecessor thereof and whose direct or indirect

     beneficial ownership of or control or direction over capital

     securities of the company changes from that shown or required to be

     shown in such report or in the last report filed by the person under

     this subsection shall, within ten days following the end of the

     month in which such change takes place, provided that the person was

     an insider of the company at any time during such month, file with

     the Commission a report of the person's direct or indirect

     beneficial ownership of or the person's control or direction over

     capital securities of the company at the end of such month and the

     change or changes therein that occurred during the month, and giving

     such details of each transaction as may be required by the

     regulations made under section 78. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 73.



74.(1) Reports may be inspected



     74.(1) All reports filed with the Commission under section 73 or any

     predecessor thereof shall be open to public inspection at the

     offices of the Commission during normal business hours of the

     Commission, and any person may make extracts from such reports.



74.(2) Publication of information contained in reports



     74.(2) The Commission shall summarize in or as part of a monthly

     periodical for distribution to the public on payment of a reasonable

     fee therefor the information contained in the reports so filed.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 74.



75.(1) Offence



     75.(1) Every person who is required to file a report under section

     73 or any predecessor thereof and who fails so to do is guilty of an

     offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than

     $1,000, and, where such person is a company, every director or

     officer of such company who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in

     such failure is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is

     liable to a like fine.



75.(2) Idem



     75.(2) Every person who files a report under section 73 or any

     predecessor thereof that is false or misleading by reason of the

     misstatement or omission of a material fact is guilty of an offence

     and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000, and,

     where such person is a company, every director or officer of such

     company who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in the filing of

     such false or misleading report is also guilty of an offence and on

     conviction is liable to a like fine.



75.(3) Saving



     75.(3) No person is guilty of an offence under subsection (2) if the

     person did not know and in the exercise of reasonable diligence

     could not have known that the report was false or misleading by

     reason of the misstatement or omission of a material fact.



75.(4) Consent to prosecute



     75.(4) No prosecution shall be brought under subsection (1) or (2)

     without the consent of the Commission. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 75.



76.(1) Liability of insiders



     76.(1) Every insider of a company or associate or affiliate of such

     insider, who, in connection with a transaction relating to the

     capital securities of the company, makes use of any specific

     confidential information for his, her or its own benefit or

     advantage that, if generally known, might reasonably be expected to

     affect materially the value of such securities, is liable to

     compensate any person for any direct loss suffered by such person as

     a result of such transaction, unless such information was known or

     ought reasonably to have been known to such person at the time of

     such transaction, and is also accountable to the company for any

     direct benefit or advantage received or receivable by such insider,

     associate or affiliate, as the case may be, as a result of such

     transaction.



76.(2) Limitation period



     76.(2) An action to enforce any right created by subsection (1) may

     be commenced only within two years after the date of completion of

     the transaction that give rise to the cause of action. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 76.



77.(1) Order to commence action



     77.(1) Upon application by any person who was at the time of a

     transaction referred to in subsection 76 (1) or is at the time of

     the application an owner of capital securities of the company, the

     court may, if satisfied that,



          (a) such person has reasonable grounds for believing that the

          company has a cause of action under section 76; and



          (b) either,



              (i) the company has refused or failed to commence an action

              under section 76 within sixty days after receipt of a

              written request from such person so to do, or



              (ii) the company has failed to prosecute diligently an

              action commenced by it under section 76,



          make an order, upon such terms as to security for costs and

          otherwise as to the court seems fit, requiring the Commission

          to commence or continue an action in the name of and on behalf

          of the company to enforce the liability created by section 76.



77.(2) Notice to company and O.S.C.



     77.(2) The company and the Commission shall be given notice of any

     application under subsection (1) and shall have the right to appear

     and be heard thereon.



77.(3) Order to require company to co-operate



     77.(3) Every order made under subsection (1) shall provide that the

     company shall cooperate fully with the Commission in the

     institution and prosecution of such action and shall make available

     to the Commission all books, records, documents and other material

     or information known to the company or reasonably ascertainable by

     the company relevant to such action.



77.(4) Appeal



     77.(4) An appeal lies to the Divisional Court from an order made

     under subsection (1). R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 77.



78. Regulations



     78. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations,



          (a) prescribing the form and content of the reports required to

          be filed under section 73;



          (b) respecting any other matter necessary or advisable to carry

          out effectively the intent and purpose of sections 72 to 77.

          R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 78.



79.(1) Exception



     79.(1) Upon the application of any interested person, the Commission

     may, if satisfied upon the circumstances of the particular case that

     there is adequate justification for so doing, make an order upon

     such terms and conditions as seem to the Commission to be expedient

     exempting in whole or in part any person from the requirements of

     section 73.



79.(2) Hearing of Commission



     79.(2) The provisions of the Securities Act respecting hearings by

     the Commission apply, so far as possible, to hearings of the

     Commission under this section.



79.(3) Appeal from Commission



     79.(3) Any person who feels aggrieved by a decision of the

     Commission under this section may appeal the decision to the

     Divisional Court, and subsections 9 (2) to (6) of the Securities Act

     apply to the appeal. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 79.



80. Director indemnified in suits respecting execution of office



     80. Every director and officer of a company, and his or her heirs,

     executors and administrators, and estate and effects, respectively,

     may, with the consent of the company, given at any meeting of the

     shareholders, from time to time and at all times, be indemnified and

     saved harmless out of the funds of the company, from and against,



          (a) all costs, charges and expenses whatsoever that he, she or

          it sustains or incurs in or about any action, suit or

          proceeding that is brought, commenced or prosecuted against

          him, her or it, for or in respect of any act, deed, matter or

          thing whatsoever, made, done or permitted by him, her or it, in

          or about the execution of the duties of his, her or its office;

          and



          (b) all other costs, charges and expenses that he, she or it

          sustains or incurs in or about or in relation to the affairs

          thereof, except such costs, charges or expenses as are

          occasioned by his, her or its own wilful neglect or default.

          R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 80; 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 62.



81.(1) Liability of directors for wages



     81.(1) The directors of a company are jointly and severally liable

     to the employees, apprentices and other wage earners thereof for all

     debts due while they are directors for services performed for the

     company, not exceeding six months wages, and for the vacation pay

     accrued for not more than twelve months under the Employment

     Standards Act or any predecessor thereof and the regulations

     thereunder or under any collective agreement made by the company.



81.(2) Limitation of liability



     81.(2) A director is not liable under subsection (1),



          (a) unless the company has been sued for the debt within six

          months after it has become due and execution has been returned

          unsatisfied in whole or in part, or the company has within that

          period gone into liquidation or has been ordered to be wound up

          or has made an authorized assignment under the Bankruptcy Act

          (Canada), or a receiving order under the Bankruptcy Act

          (Canada) has been made against it and the claim on the debt has

          been fully filed and proved; and



          (b) unless he or she is sued for the debt while a director or

          within six months after he or she ceases to be a director.



81.(3) Idem



     81.(3) After execution has been so returned against the company, the

     amount recoverable against the director is the amount remaining

     unsatisfied on the execution.



81.(4) Rights of director who pays the debt



     81.(4) If the claim for the debt has been proved in liquidation or

     winding-up proceedings or under the Bankruptcy Act (Canada), a

     director who pays the debt is entitled to any preference that the

     creditor paid would have been entitled to or, if a judgment has been

     recovered for the debt, the director is entitled to an assignment of

     the judgment. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 81 (1-4).



81.(5) Director holding shares in fiduciary capacity



     81.(5) No director holding shares as executor, administrator,

     guardian or trustee who is registered on the books of the company as

     a shareholder and therein described as representing in any such

     capacity a named estate, person or trust is personally liable under

     this section, but the estate, person or trust is subject to all the

     liabilities imposed by this section. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 81

     (5); 1992, c. 32, s. 6 (6).



82.(1) Place of meetings



     82.(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the meetings of the

     shareholders, the board of directors and the executive committee

     shall be held at the place where the head office of the company is

     situate.



82.(2) Exception



     82.(2) Where the by-laws of the company so provide, the meetings of

     the board of directors and of the executive committee may be held at

     any place in or outside Ontario and the meetings of the shareholders

     may be held at any place in Ontario.



82.(3) Exception



     82.(3) Where the letters patent or supplementary letters patent of

     the company so provide, the meetings of the shareholders may be held

     at one or more places outside Ontario designated therein.



82.(4) Where section not to apply



     82.(4) This section does not affect the operation of any provision

     in the letters patent or supplementary letters patent of a company

     issued before the 30th day of April, 1954, respecting the holding of

     the meetings of the shareholders at any place outside Ontario.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 82.



83. Definitions



     83. In this section and in sections 84 to 90,



      "form of proxy" means a written or printed form that, upon

       completion and execution by or on behalf of a shareholder, becomes

       a proxy; ("formule de procuration")



      "information circular" means the circular referred to in subsection

       86 (1); ("circulaire d'information")



      "proxy" means a completed and executed form of proxy by means of

       which a shareholder has appointed a person as the shareholder's

       nominee to attend and act for the shareholder and on the

       shareholder's behalf at a meeting of shareholders; ("procuration")



      "solicit" and "solicitation" include,



          (a) any request for a proxy whether or not accompanied by or

          included in a form of proxy,



          (b) any request to execute or not to execute a form of proxy or

          to revoke a proxy,



          (c) the sending or delivery of a form of proxy or other

          communication to a shareholder under circumstances reasonably

          calculated to result in the procurement, withholding or

          revocation of a proxy, and



          (d) the sending or delivery of a form of proxy to a shareholder

          pursuant to section 85,



          but do not include,



          (e) the sending or delivery of a form of proxy to a shareholder

          in response to an unsolicited request made by the shareholder

          or on the shareholder's behalf, or



          (f) the performance by any person of ministerial acts or

          professional services on behalf of a person soliciting a proxy.

          ("solicitation", "solliciter") R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 83.



84.(1) Proxies



     84.(1) Every shareholder, including a shareholder that is a

     corporation, entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may by

     means of a proxy appoint a person, who need not be a shareholder, as

     the shareholder's nominee to attend and act at the meeting in the

     manner, to the extent and with the power conferred by the proxy.



84.(2) Execution and termination



     84.(2) A proxy shall be executed by the shareholder or the

     shareholder's attorney authorized in writing or, if the shareholder

     is a corporation, under its corporate seal or by an officer or

     attorney thereof duly authorized, and ceases to be valid one year

     from its date.



84.(3) Contents



     84.(3) In addition to the requirements, where applicable, of section

     88, a proxy shall contain the date thereof and the appointment and

     name of the nominee and may contain a revocation of a former proxy

     and restrictions, limitations or instructions as to the manner in

     which the shares in respect of which the proxy is given are to be

     voted or that may be necessary to comply with the laws of any

     jurisdiction in which the shares of the company are listed on a

     stock exchange or a restriction or limitation as to the number of

     shares in respect of which the proxy is given.



84.(4) Revocation



     84.(4) In addition to revocation in any other manner permitted by

     law, a proxy may be revoked by instrument in writing executed by the

     shareholder or by the shareholder's attorney authorized in writing

     or, if the shareholder is a corporation, under its corporate seal or

     by an officer or attorney thereof duly authorized, and deposited

     either at the head office of the company at any time up to and

     including the last business day preceding the day of the meeting, or

     any adjournment thereof, at which the proxy is to be used or with

     the chair of such meeting on the day of the meeting, or adjournment

     thereof, and upon either of such deposits the proxy is revoked.



84.(5) Time limit for deposit



     84.(5) The directors may by resolution fix a time not exceeding

     forty-eight hours, excluding Saturdays and holidays, preceding any

     meeting or adjourned meeting of shareholders before which time

     proxies to be used at that meeting must be deposited with the

     company or an agent thereof, and any period of time so fixed shall

     be specified in the notice calling the meeting or in the information

     circular relating thereto. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 84.



85.(1) Mandatory solicitation of proxies



     85.(1) Subject to section 87, the management of a company shall,

     concurrently with or prior to giving notice of a meeting of

     shareholders of the company, send by prepaid mail to each

     shareholder who is entitled to vote at such meeting at the

     shareholder's last address as shown on the books of the company a

     form of proxy for use at such meeting that complies with section 88.



85.(2) Offence



     85.(2) If the management of a company fails to comply with

     subsection (1), the company is guilty of an offence and on

     conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000, and every

     director or officer of the company who authorized, permitted or

     acquiesced in such failure is also guilty of an offence and on

     conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 85.



86.(1) Information circular



     86.(1) Subject to subsection (2) and section 87, no person shall

     solicit proxies unless,



          (a) in the case of a solicitation by or on behalf of the

          management of a company, an information circular, either as an

          appendix to or as a separate document accompanying the notice

          of the meeting, is sent by prepaid mail to each shareholder of

          the company whose proxy is solicited at the shareholder's last

          address as shown on the books of the company; or



          (b) in the case of any other solicitation, the person making

          the solicitation, concurrently with or prior thereto, delivers

          or sends an information circular to each shareholder of the

          company whose proxy is solicited.



86.(2)Where subs. (1) does not apply



     86.(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to,



          (a) any solicitation, otherwise than by or on behalf of the

          management of a company, where the total number of shareholders

          whose proxies are solicited is not more than fifteen, two or

          more persons who are the joint registered owners of one or more

          shares being counted as one shareholder;



          (b) any solicitation by a person made under section 49 of the

          Securities Act; and



          (c) any solicitation by a person in respect of shares of which

          the person is the beneficial owner.



86.(3) Offence



     86.(3) A person who fails to comply with subsection (1) is guilty of

     an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than

     $1,000, and, where such person is a company, every director or

     officer of such company who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in

     such failure is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is

     liable to a like fine.



86.(4) Idem



     86.(4) A person who effects a solicitation that is subject to this

     section by means of a form of proxy, information circular or other

     communication that contains an untrue statement of a material fact

     or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make any

     statement contained therein not misleading in the light of the

     circumstances in which it was made is guilty of an offence and on

     conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000, and, where

     such person is a company, every director or officer of such company

     who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in such offence is also

     guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine.



86.(5) Saving



     86.(5) No person is guilty of an offence under subsection (4) in

     respect of any untrue statement of a material fact or omission to

     state a material fact in a form of proxy or information circular, if

     the untruth of such statement or the fact of such omission was not

     known to the person who effected the solicitation and in the

     exercise of reasonable diligence could not have been known to such

     person. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 86.



87.(1) Where ss. 85, 86 (1) do not apply



     87.(1) Section 85 and subsection 86 (1) do not apply to a private

     company or to a public company that has fewer than fifteen

     shareholders, two or more persons who are the joint registered

     owners of one or more shares being counted as one shareholder.



87.(2) Exemption orders



     87.(2) Upon the application of any interested person, the Commission

     may, if satisfied that in the circumstances of the particular case

     there is adequate justification for so doing, make an order, on such

     terms and conditions as seem to the Commission to be just and

     expedient, exempting any person from the requirements, in whole or

     in part, of section 85 or of subsection 86 (1).



87.(3) Hearing of Commission



     87.(3) The provisions of the Securities Act respecting hearings by

     the Commission apply, so far as possible, to hearings of the

     Commission under this section.



87.(4) Appeal from Commission



     87.(4) Any person who feels aggrieved by a decision of the

     Commission under this section may appeal the decision to the

     Divisional Court, and subsections 9 (2) to (6) of the Securities Act

     apply to the appeal. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 87.



88. Special form of proxy



     88. Where section 85 or 86 is applicable to a solicitation of

     proxies,



          (a) the form of proxy sent to a shareholder by a person

          soliciting proxies,



              (i) shall indicate in bold-face type whether or not the

              proxy is solicited by or on behalf of the management of the

              company, and



              (ii) shall provide a specifically designated blank space

              for dating the form of proxy;



          (b) the form of proxy shall provide means whereby the person 

          whose proxy is solicited is afforded an opportunity to specify 

          that the shares registered in the person's name shall be voted 

          by the nominee in favour of or against, in accordance with such 

          person's choice, each matter or group of related matters 

          identified therein or in the information circular as intended 

          to be acted upon, other than the election of directors and the 

          appointment of auditors, provided that a proxy may confer 

          discretionary authority with respect to matters as to which a 

          choice is not so specified by such means if the form of proxy 

          or the information circular states in boldface type how it is 

          intended to vote the shares represented by the proxy in each 

          such case; 



          (c) a proxy may confer discretionary authority with respect to, 



              (i) amendments or variations to matters identified in the

              notice of meeting, or



              (ii) other matters which may properly come before the

              meeting,



            provided that,



              (iii) the person by whom or on whose behalf the

              solicitation is made is not aware a reasonable time prior

              to the time the solicitation is made that any such

              amendments, variations or other matters are to be presented

              for action at the meeting, and



              (iv) a specific statement is made in the information

              circular or in the form of proxy that the proxy is

              conferring such discretionary authority;



          (d) no proxy shall confer authority,



              (i) to vote for the election of any person as a director of

              the company unless a nominee proposed in good faith for

              such election is named in the information circular, or



              (ii) to vote at any meeting other than the meeting

              specified in the notice of meeting or any adjournment

              thereof;



          (e) the information circular or form of proxy shall state that 

          the shares represented by the proxy will be voted and that, 

          where the person whose proxy is solicited specifies a choice 

          with respect to any matter to be acted upon pursuant to clause 

          (b), the shares shall, subject to section 89, be voted in 

          accordance with the specifications so made; 



          (f) the information circular or form of proxy shall indicate in 

          boldface type that the shareholder has the right to appoint a 

          person to attend and act for the shareholder and on the 

          shareholder's behalf at the meeting other than the person, if 

          any, designated in the form of proxy, and shall contain 

          instructions as to the manner in which the shareholder may 

          exercise such right; and 



          (g) if the form of proxy contains a designation of a named 

          person as nominee, means shall be provided whereby the 

          shareholder may designate in a form of proxy some other person 

          as the shareholder's nominee for the purpose of subsection 84 

          (1). R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 88. 



89. Where vote by ballot not required



     89. If the aggregate number of shares represented at a meeting by 

     proxies required to be voted for or against a particular matter or 

     group of matters carries, to the knowledge of the chair of the 

     meeting, less than 5 per cent of the voting rights attached to the 

     shares entitled to vote and represented at the meeting, the chair of 

     the meeting has the right not to conduct a vote by way of ballot on 

     any such matter or group of matters unless a poll is demanded at the 

     meeting. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 89. 



90. Regulations re contents of information circular



     90. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make such regulations

     respecting the form and content of an information circular as the

     Lieutenant Governor in Council considers necessary or appropriate in

     the public interest. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 90.



91. Trustees, etc., may vote



     91. An executor, administrator, guardian or trustee, and, where a

     corporation is such executor, administrator, committee, guardian or

     trustee of a testator, intestate, mentally incapable person, ward or

     beneficiary, any person duly appointed a proxy for such corporation,

     shall represent the shares in his, her or its hands at all meetings

     of the shareholders of the company and may vote accordingly as a

     shareholder, and every person who mortgages or hypothecates his, her

     or its shares may nevertheless represent the shares at all such

     meetings and may vote accordingly as a shareholder unless in the

     instrument creating the mortgage or hypothec the person has

     expressly empowered the holder of such mortgage or hypothec to vote

     thereon, in which case only such holder or the holder's proxy may

     vote in respect of such shares. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 91; 1992,

     c. 32, s. 6 (7).



92. Joint holders of stock



     92. If shares are held jointly by two or more persons, any one of

     them present at a meeting of the shareholders of the company may, in

     the absence of the other or others, vote thereon, but, if more than

     one of them are present or represented by proxy, they shall vote

     together on the shares jointly held. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 92.



93.(1) Shareholders' meetings



     93.(1) Subject to subsection (2) and in the absence of other

     provisions in that behalf in the by-laws of the company,



          (a) notice of the time and place for holding a meeting of the

          shareholders shall, unless all the shareholders entitled to

          notice of the meeting have waived in writing the notice, be

          given by sending it to each shareholder entitled to notice of

          the meeting by prepaid mail ten days or more before the date of

          the meeting to the shareholder's last address as shown on the

          books of the company;



          (b) no shareholder in arrear in respect of any call is entitled

          to vote at a meeting;



          (c) all questions proposed for the consideration of the

          shareholders at a meeting of shareholders shall be determined

          by the majority of the votes cast and the chair presiding at

          the meeting has a second or casting vote in case of an equality

          of votes;



          (d) the chair presiding at a meeting of shareholders may, with

          the consent of the meeting and subject to such conditions as

          the meeting decides, adjourn the meeting from time to time and

          from place to place;



          (e) the president or, in his or her absence, a vice-president

          who is a director shall preside as chair at a meeting of

          shareholders, but, if there is no president or such a vice-

          president or if at a meeting neither of them is present within

          fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the

          meeting, the shareholders present shall choose a person from

          their number to be the chair;



          (f) unless a poll is demanded, an entry in the minutes of a

          meeting of shareholders to the effect that the chair declared a

          motion to be carried is admissible in evidence as proof of the

          fact, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, without proof

          of the number or proportion of votes recorded in favour of or

          against the motion.



93.(2) Notice



     93.(2) The by-laws of the company shall not provide for fewer than

     ten days notice of meetings of shareholders and shall not provide

     that notice may be given otherwise than individually.



93.(3) Poll



     93.(3) If a poll is demanded, it shall be taken in such manner as

     the by-laws prescribe, and, if the by-laws make no provision

     therefor, then as the chair directs. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 93.



94.(1) Auditors



     94.(1) The shareholders of a company at their first general meeting

     shall appoint one or more auditors to hold office until the first

     annual meeting and, if the shareholders fail to do so, the directors

     shall forthwith make such appointment or appointments.



94.(2) Idem



     94.(2) The shareholders shall at each annual meeting appoint one or

     more auditors to hold office until the next annual meeting and, if

     an appointment is not so made, the auditor in office shall continue

     in office until a successor is appointed.



94.(3) Casual vacancy



     94.(3) The directors may fill any casual vacancy in the office of

     auditor, but, while such vacancy continues, the surviving or

     continuing auditor, if any, may act.



94.(4) Removal



     94.(4) The shareholders may, by resolution passed by at least two-

     thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of which notice of

     intention to pass the resolution has been given, remove any auditor

     before the expiration of the auditor's term of office, and shall by

     a majority of the votes cast at that meeting appoint another auditor

     in the auditor's stead for the remainder of the term.



94.(5) Remuneration



     94.(5) The remuneration of an auditor appointed by the shareholders

     shall be fixed by the shareholders, or by the directors if they are

     authorized so to do by the shareholders, and the remuneration of an

     auditor appointed by the directors shall be fixed by the directors.



94.(6) Appointment by Minister



     94.(6) If for any reason no auditor is appointed, the Minister may,

     on the application of a shareholder, appoint one or more auditors

     for that year and fix the remuneration to be paid by the company for

     the services of the auditor or auditors.



94.(7) Notice



     94.(7) Notice of the appointment of an auditor shall be given in

     writing to the auditor forthwith after the appointment is made.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 94.



95.(1) Qualification of auditor



     95.(1) Except as provided in subsection (2), no person shall be

     appointed as auditor of a company who is a director, officer or

     employee of that company or an affiliated company or who is a

     partner, employer or employee of any such director, officer or

     employee.



95.(2) Private companies



     95.(2) Upon the unanimous vote of the shareholders of a private

     company present or represented at the meeting at which the auditor

     is appointed, a director, officer or employee of that company or an

     affiliated company, or a partner, employer or employee of such

     director, officer or employee may be appointed as auditor of that

     company, if it is not a subsidiary company of a company incorporated

     by any legislative jurisdiction in Canada which is not a private

     company within the meaning of this Act.



95.(3) Notice



     95.(3) A person appointed as auditor under subsection (2) shall

     indicate in the person's report to the shareholders on the annual

     financial statement of the company that the person is a director,

     officer or employee of the company or a partner, employer or

     employee of such director, officer or employee. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 95.



96.(1) Annual audit



     96.(1) The auditor shall make such examination as will enable the

     auditor to report to the shareholders as required under subsection (2).



96.(2) Auditor's report



     96.(2) The auditor shall make a report to the shareholders on the

     financial statement, other than the part thereof that relates to the

     period referred to in subclause 97 (1) (b) (ii), to be laid before

     the company at any annual meeting during the auditor's term of

     office and shall state in the report whether in the auditor's

     opinion the financial statement referred to therein presents fairly

     the financial position of the company and the results of its

     operations for the period under review in accordance with generally

     accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with

     that of the preceding period.



96.(3) Idem



     96.(3) If the financial statement contains a statement of source and

     application of funds or a statement of changes in net assets, the

     auditor shall include in the auditor's report a statement whether in

     the auditor's opinion, in effect, the statement of source and

     application of funds or the statement of changes in net assets

     presents fairly the information shown therein.



96.(4)Idem



     96.(4) The auditor in the auditor's report shall make such

     statements as the auditor considers necessary,



          (a) if the company's financial statement is not in agreement

          with its accounting records;



          (b) if the company's financial statement is not in accordance

          with the requirements of this Act;



          (c) if the auditor has not received all the information and

          explanations that the auditor has required; or



          (d) if proper accounting records have not been kept, so far as

          appears from the auditor's examination.



96.(5) Right of access, etc.



     96.(5) The auditor of a company has right of access at all times to

     all records, documents, books, accounts and vouchers of the company

     and is entitled to require from the directors and officers of the

     company such information and explanation as in the auditor's opinion

     are necessary to enable the auditor to report as required by

     subsection (2).



96.(6) Auditor may attend shareholders' meetings



     96.(6) The auditor of a company is entitled to attend any meeting of

     shareholders of the company and to receive all notices and other

     communications relating to any such meeting that a shareholder is

     entitled to receive and to be heard at any such meeting that the

     auditor attends on any part of the business of the meeting that

     concerns the auditor as auditor. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 96.



96.1. Exemption from annual audit



     96.1 In respect of a financial year of a company, the company is

     exempt from the requirements of this Part regarding the appointment

     and duties of an auditor if,



          (a) the company is not a public company;



          (b) the annual income of the company is less than $10,000; and



          (c) all of the shareholders consent, in writing, to the

          exemption in respect of the year. 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 63.



97.(1) Information to be laid before annual meeting



     97.(1) The directors shall lay before each annual meeting of shareholders,



          (a) in the case of a private company, a financial statement for

          the period that commenced on the date of incorporation and

          ended not more than six months before such annual meeting or,

          if the company has completed a financial year, that commenced

          immediately after the end of the last completed financial year

          and ended not more than six months before such annual meeting,

          as the case may be, made up of,



             (i) a statement of profit and loss for such period,



             (ii) a statement of surplus for such period, and



             (iii) a balance sheet as at the end of such period;



          (b) in the case of a public company, a comparative financial

          statement relating separately to,



             (i) the period that commenced on the date of incorporation

             and ended not more than six months before such annual

             meeting or, if the company has completed a financial year,

             that commenced immediately after the end of the last

             completed financial year and ended not more than six months

             before such annual meeting, as the case may be, and



             (ii) the period covered by the financial year next preceding

             such latest completed financial year, if any,



            made up of,



             (iii) a statement of profit and loss for each period,



             (iv) a statement of surplus for each period,



             (v) a statement of source and application of funds for each

             period, and



             (vi) a balance sheet as at the end of each period;



          (c) the report of the auditor to the shareholders;



          (d) such further information respecting the financial position

          of the company as the letters patent, supplementary letters

          patent or by-laws of the company require.



97.(2) Designation of statements



     97.(2) It is not necessary to designate the statements referred to

     in subsection (1) as the statement of profit and loss, statement of

     surplus, statement of source and application of funds and balance

     sheet.



97.(3) Auditor's report to be read



     97.(3) The report of the auditor to the shareholders shall be read

     at the annual meeting and shall be open to inspection by any

     shareholder.



97.(4) Omission of comparative statement



     97.(4) Despite clause (1) (b), the financial statement referred to

     in such clause may relate only to the period that ended not more

     than six months before the annual meeting if the reason for the

     omission of the statement in respect of the period covered by the

     previous financial statement is set out in the financial statement

     to be laid before such meeting or by way of note thereto.



97.(5) Omission of source and application statement



     97.(5) Despite subclause (1) (b) (v), the statement of source and

     application of funds may be omitted if the reason for such omission

     is set out in the financial statement or by way of note thereto.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 97.



98.(1) Statement of profit and loss



     98.(1) The statement of profit and loss to be laid before an annual

     meeting shall be drawn up so as to present fairly the results of the

     operations of the company for the period covered by the statement

     and so as to distinguish severally at least,



          (a) in the case of a public company, sales or gross operating

          revenue;



          (b) the operating profit or loss before including or providing

          for other items of income or expense that are required to be

          shown separately;



          (c) income from investments in subsidiaries whose financial

          statements are not consolidated with those of the company;



          (d) income from investments in affiliated companies other than

          subsidiaries;



          (e) income from other investments;



          (f) non-recurring profits and losses of significant amount

          including profits or losses on the disposal of capital assets

          and other items of a special nature to the extent that they are

          not shown separately in the statement of earned surplus;



          (g) provision for depreciation or obsolescence or depletion;



          (h) amounts written off for goodwill or amortization of any

          other intangible assets to the extent that they are not shown

          separately in the statement of earned surplus;



          (i) interest on indebtedness initially incurred for a term of

          more than one year, including amortization of debt discount or

          premium and expense;



          (j) taxes on income imposed by any taxing authority,



     and shall show the net profit or loss for the financial period.



98.(2) Notes



     98.(2) Despite subsection (1), items of the natures described in

     clauses (1) (g) and (h) may be shown by way of note to the statement

     of profit and loss.



98.(3) Order for omission of sales or gross operating revenue



     98.(3) A public company may apply to the Commission for an order

     permitting sales or gross operating revenue referred to in clause

     (1) (a) of this section or subclause 110 (1) (b) (i) to be omitted

     from the statement of profit and loss or the interim financial

     statement, as the case may be, and the Commission may, on such terms

     and conditions as it may impose, permit such omission where it is

     satisfied that in the circumstances the disclosure of such

     information would be unduly detrimental to the interests of the

     company.



98.(4) Hearing of Commission



     98.(4) The provisions of the Securities Act respecting hearings by

     the Commission apply, so far as possible, to hearings of the

     Commission under this section.



98.(5) Appeal from Commission



     98.(5) Any person who feels aggrieved by a decision of the

     Commission under this section may appeal the decision to the

     Divisional Court, and subsections 9 (2) to (6) of the Securities Act

     apply to the appeal. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 98.



99.(1) Statement of surplus



     99.(1) The statement of surplus shall be drawn up so as to present

     fairly the transactions reflected in the statement and shall show

     separately a statement of contributed surplus and a statement of

     earned surplus.



99.(2) Contributed surplus



     99.(2) The statement of contributed surplus shall be drawn up so as

     to include and distinguish the following items:



          1. The balance of such surplus at the end of the preceding

          financial period.



          2. The additions to and deductions from such surplus during the

          financial period including,



             (a) the amount of surplus arising from the issue of shares

             or the reorganization of the company's issued capital,

             including,



                (i) the amount of premiums received on the issue of

                shares at a premium,



                (ii) the amount of surplus realized on the purchase for

                cancellation of shares; and



             (b) donations of cash or other property by shareholders.



          3. The balance of such surplus at the end of the financial

          period.



99.(3) Earned surplus



     99.(3) The statement of earned surplus shall be drawn up so as to

     distinguish at least the following items:



          1. The balance of such surplus at the end of the preceding

          financial period.



          2. The additions to and deductions from such surplus during the

          financial period and without restricting the generality of the

          foregoing at least the following:



             i. The amount of the net profit or loss for the financial

             period.



             ii. The amount of dividends declared on each class of

             shares.



             iii. The amount transferred to or from reserves.



          3. The balance of such surplus at the end of the financial

          period. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 99.



100. Statement of source and application of funds



     100. The statement of source and application of funds referred to in

     subclause 97 (1) (b) (v) and clause 110 (1) (a) shall be drawn up so

     as to present fairly the information shown therein for the period,

     and shall show separately at least,



          (a) funds derived from,



             (i) current operations,



             (ii) sale of non-current assets, segregating investments,

             fixed assets and intangible assets,



             (iii) issue of securities or other indebtedness maturing

             more than one year after issue, and



             (iv) issue of shares; and



          (b) funds applied to,



             (i) purchase of non-current assets, segregating investments,

             fixed assets and intangible assets,



             (ii) redemption or other retirement of securities or

             repayment of other indebtedness maturing more than one year

             after issue,



             (iii) redemption or other retirement of shares, and



             (iv) payment of dividends. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 100.



101. Balance sheet



     101. The balance sheet to be laid before an annual meeting shall be

     drawn up so as to present fairly the financial position of the

     company as at the date to which it is made up and so as to

     distinguish severally at least the following:



            1. Cash.



            2. Debts owing to the company from its directors, officers or

            shareholders, except debts of reasonable amount arising in

            the ordinary course of its business that are not overdue

            having regard to its ordinary terms of credit.



            3. Debts owing to the company, whether on account of a loan

            or otherwise, from subsidiaries whose financial statements

            are not consolidated with those of the company.



            4. Debts owing to the company, whether on account of a loan

            or otherwise, from affiliated companies other than

            subsidiaries.



            5. Other debts owing to the company, segregating those that

            arose otherwise than in the ordinary course of its business.



            6. Inventory, stating the basis of valuation.



            7. Shares, bonds, debentures and other investments owned by

            the company, except those referred to in items 8 and 9,

            stating their nature and the basis of their valuation and

            showing separately those that are marketable with a notation

            of their market value.



            8. Shares or securities of subsidiaries whose financial

            statements are not consolidated with those of the company,

            stating the basis of valuation.



            9. Shares or securities of affiliated companies other than

            subsidiaries, stating the basis of valuation.



            10. Lands, buildings, and plant and equipment, stating the

            basis of valuation, whether cost or otherwise, and, if valued

            on the basis of an appraisal, the date of appraisal, the name

            of the appraiser, the basis of the appraisal value and, if

            such appraisal took place within five years preceding the

            date to which the balance sheet is made up, the disposition

            in the accounts of the company of any amounts added to or

            deducted from such assets on appraisal and also the amount or

            amounts accumulated in respect of depreciation, obsolescence

            and depletion.



            11. There shall be stated under separate headings, in so far

            as they are not written off, (i) expenditures on account of

            future business; (ii) any expense incurred in connection with

            any issue of shares; (iii) any expense incurred in connection

            with any issue of securities, including any discount thereon;

            and (iv) any one or more of the following: goodwill,

            franchises, patents, copyrights, trade marks and other

            intangible assets and the amount, if any, by which the value

            of any such assets has been written up after the 30th day of

            April, 1954.



            12. The aggregate amount of any outstanding loans under

            clauses 24 (2) (c), (d) and (e).



            13. Bank loans and overdrafts.



            14. Debts owing by the company on loans from its directors,

            officers or shareholders.



            15. Debts owing by the company to subsidiaries whose

            financial statements are not consolidated with those of the

            company, whether on account of a loan or otherwise.



            16. Debts owing by the company to affiliated companies other

            than subsidiaries whether on account of a loan or otherwise.



            17. Other debts owing by the company, segregating those that

            arose otherwise than in the ordinary course of its business.



            18. Liability for taxes, including the estimated liability

            for taxes in respect of the income of the period covered by

            the statement of profit and loss.



            19. Dividends declared but not paid.



            20. Deferred income.



            21. Securities issued by the company, stating the interest

            rate, the maturity date, the amount outstanding and the

            existence of sinking fund, redemption requirements and

            conversion rights, if any.



            22. The authorized capital, giving the number of each class

            of shares and a brief description of each such class, and

            indicating therein any class of shares that is redeemable and

            the redemption price thereof.



            23. The issued capital, giving the number of shares of each

            class issued and outstanding and the amount received therefor

            that is attributable to capital, and showing,



               (a) the number of shares of each class issued since the

               date of the last balance sheet and the value attributed

               thereto, distinguishing shares issued for cash, shares

               issued for services and shares issued for other

               consideration; and



               (b) where any shares have not been fully paid,



                  (i) the number of shares in respect of which calls have

                  not been made and the aggregate amount that has not

                  been called, and



                  (ii) the number of shares in respect of which calls have

                  been made and not paid and the aggregate amount that

                  has been called and not paid.



            24. Contributed surplus.



            25. Earned surplus.



            26. Reserves, showing the amounts added thereto and the

            amounts deducted therefrom during the financial period.

            R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 101.



102. Notes to balance sheet



     102. Explanatory information or particulars of any item mentioned in

     section 101 may be shown by way of note to the balance sheet. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 102.



103.(1) Notes to financial statement



     103.(1) There shall be stated by way of note to the financial

     statement particulars of any change in accounting principle or

     practice or in the method of applying any accounting principle or

     practice made during the period covered that affects the

     comparability of any of the statements with any of those for the

     preceding period, and the effect, if material, of any such change

     upon the profit or loss for the period.



103.(2) Change in accounting practice



     103.(2) For the purpose of subsection (1), a change in accounting

     principle or practice or in the method of applying any accounting

     principle or practice affects the comparability of a statement with

     that for the preceding period, even though it did not have a

     material effect upon the profit or loss for the period.



103.(3)Idem



     103.(3) Where applicable, the following matters shall be referred to

     in the financial statement or by way of note thereto:



            1. The basis of conversion of amounts from currencies other

            than the currency in which the financial statement is

            expressed.



            2. Foreign currency restrictions that affect the assets of

            the company.



            3. Contractual obligations that will require abnormal

            expenditures in relation to the company's normal business

            requirements or financial position or that are likely to

            involve losses not provided for in the accounts.



            4. Material contractual obligations in respect of long-term

            leases, including, in the year in which the transaction was

            effected, the principal details of any sale and lease

            transaction.



            5. Contingent liabilities, stating their nature and, where

            practicable, the approximate amounts involved.



            6. Any liability secured otherwise than by operation of law

            on any asset of the company, stating the liability so

            secured.



            7. Any default of the company in principal, interest, sinking

            fund or redemption provisions with respect to any issue of

            its securities or credit agreements.



            8. The gross amount of arrears of dividends on any class of

            shares and the date to which such dividends were last paid.



            9. Where a company has contracted to issue shares or has

            given an option to purchase shares, the class and number of

            shares affected, the price and the date for issue of the

            shares or exercise of the option.



            10. The aggregate direct remuneration paid or payable by the

            company and its subsidiaries whose financial statements are

            consolidated with those of the company to the directors, and

            the senior officers as defined in subsection 72 (1), of the

            company and, as a separate amount, the aggregate direct

            remuneration paid or payable to such directors and senior

            officers by the subsidiaries of the company whose financial

            statements are not consolidated with those of the company.



            11. In the case of a holding company, the aggregate of any

            shares in, and the aggregate of any securities of, the

            holding company held by subsidiary companies whose financial

            statements are not consolidated with that of the holding

            company.



            12. The amount of any loans by the company, or by a

            subsidiary company, otherwise than in the ordinary course of

            business, during the company's financial period, to the

            directors or officers of the company.



            13. Any restriction by the letters patent, supplementary

            letters patent or by-laws of the company or by contract on

            the payment of dividends that is significant in the light of

            the company's financial position.



            14. Any event or transaction, other than one in the normal

            course of business operations, between the date to which the

            financial statement is made up and the date of the auditor's

            report thereon that materially affects the financial

            statement.



            15. In the case of a public company, the amount of any

            obligation for pension benefits arising from service prior to

            the date of the balance sheet, whether or not such obligation

            has been provided for in the accounts of the company, the

            manner in which the company proposes to satisfy such

            obligation and the basis on which it has charged or proposes

            to charge the related costs against operations.



103.(4)Idem



     103.(4) A note to a financial statement is a part of it. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 103.



104. Insignificant circumstances



     104. Despite sections 98 to 103, it is not necessary to state in a

     financial statement any matter that in all the circumstances is of

     relative insignificance. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 104.



105.(1) Consolidated financial statement



     105.(1) A company, in this section referred to as "the holding

     company", may include in the financial statement to be submitted at

     an annual meeting the assets and liabilities and income and expense

     of any one or more of its subsidiaries, making due provision for

     minority interests, if any, and indicating in such financial

     statement that it is presented in consolidated form.



105.(2)Idem



     105.(2) Where the assets and liabilities and income and expense of

     any one or more subsidiaries of the holding company are not so

     included in the financial statement of the holding company,



          (a) the financial statement of the holding company shall

          include a statement setting forth,



             (i) the reason why the assets and liabilities and income and

             expense of such subsidiary or subsidiaries are not included

             in the financial statement of the holding company,



             (ii) if there is only one such subsidiary, the amount of the

             holding company's proportion of the profit or loss of such

             subsidiary for the financial period coinciding with or

             ending in the financial period of the holding company, or,

             if there is more than one such subsidiary, the amount of the

             holding company's proportion of the aggregate profits less

             losses, or losses less profits, of all such subsidiaries for

             the respective financial periods coinciding with or ending

             in the financial period of the holding company,



             (iii) the amount included as income from such subsidiary or

             subsidiaries in the statement of profit and loss of the

             holding company and the amount included therein as a

             provision for the loss or losses of such subsidiary or

             subsidiaries,



             (iv) if there is only one such subsidiary, the amount of the

             holding company's proportion of the undistributed profits of

             such subsidiary earned since the acquisition of the shares

             of such subsidiary by the holding company to the extent that

             such amount has not been taken into the accounts of the

             holding company, or, if there is more than one such

             subsidiary, the amount of the holding company's proportion

             of the aggregate undistributed profits of all such

             subsidiaries earned since the acquisition of their shares by

             the holding company less its proportion of the losses, if

             any, suffered by any such subsidiary since the acquisition

             of its shares to the extent that such amount has not been

             taken into the accounts of the holding company,



             (v) any qualifications contained in the report of the

             auditor of any such subsidiary on its financial statement

             for the financial period ending as aforesaid, and any note

             or reference contained in that financial statement to call

             attention to a matter that, apart from the note or

             reference, would properly have been referred to in such a

             qualification, in so far as the matter that is the subject

             of the qualification or note is not provided for by the

             company's own financial statement and is material from the

             point of view of its shareholders;



          (b) if for any reason the directors of the holding company are

          unable to obtain such information as is necessary for the

          preparation of the statement that is to be included in the

          financial statement of the holding company, the directors who

          sign the financial statement shall so report in writing and

          their report shall be included in the financial statement in

          lieu of the statement;



          (c) true copies of the latest financial statement of such

          subsidiary or subsidiaries shall be kept on hand by the holding

          company at its head office and shall be open to inspection by

          the shareholders of the holding company on request during the

          normal business hours of the holding company, but the directors

          of the holding company may by resolution refuse the right of

          such inspection if such inspection is not in the public

          interest or would prejudice the holding company or such

          subsidiary or subsidiaries, which resolution may, on the

          application of any such shareholder to the court, be set aside

          by the court;



          (d) if, in the opinion of the auditor of the holding company,

          adequate provision has not been made in the financial statement

          of the holding company for the holding company's proportion,



             (i) where there is only one such subsidiary, of the loss of

             such subsidiary suffered since acquisition of its shares by

             the holding company, or



             (ii) where there is more than one such subsidiary, of the

             aggregate losses suffered by such subsidiaries since

             acquisition of their shares by the holding company in excess

             of its proportion of the undistributed profits, if any,

             earned by any of such subsidiaries since such acquisition,



          the auditor shall state in the auditor's report the additional

          amount that in the auditor's opinion is necessary to make full

          provision therefor. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 105.



106.(1) Definitions: subsidiary company



     106.(1) For the purposes of this Act, a company shall be deemed to

     be a subsidiary of another company if, but only if,



          (a) it is controlled by,



             (i) that other, or



             (ii) that other and one or more companies each of which is

             controlled by that other, or



             (iii) two or more companies each of which is controlled by

             that other; or



          (b) it is a subsidiary of a company that is that other's

          subsidiary.



106.(2) Holding Company



     106.(2) For the purposes of this Act, a company shall be deemed to

     be another's holding company if, but only if, that other is its

     subsidiary.



106.(3) Affiliated Company



     106.(3) For the purposes of this Act, one company shall be deemed to

     be affiliated with another company if, but only if, one of them is

     the subsidiary of the other or both are subsidiaries of the same

     company or each of them is controlled by the same person.



106.(4) Control



     106.(4) For the purposes of this Act, a company shall be deemed to be

     controlled by another company or person or by two or more companies

     if, but only if,



          (a) shares of the first-mentioned company carrying more than 50

          per cent of the votes for the election of directors are held,

          otherwise than by way of security only, by or for the benefit

          of such other company or person or by or for the benefit of

          such other companies; and



          (b) the votes carried by such shares are sufficient, if

          exercised, to elect a majority of the board of directors of the

          first-mentioned company. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 106.



107. Reserves



     107. In a financial statement, the term "reserve" shall be used to

     describe only,



          (a) amounts appropriated from earned surplus at the discretion

          of management for some purpose other than to meet a liability

          or contingency known or admitted or a commitment made as at the

          statement date or a decline in value of an asset that has

          already occurred;



          (b) amounts appropriated from earned surplus pursuant to the

          instrument of incorporation, instrument amending the instrument

          of incorporation or by-laws of the company for some purpose

          other than to meet a liability or contingency known or admitted

          or a commitment made as at the statement date or a decline in

          value of an asset that has already occurred; and



          (c) amounts appropriated from earned surplus in accordance with

          the terms of a contract and that can be restored to the earned

          surplus when the conditions of the contract are fulfilled.

          R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 107.



108. Approval of financial statement



     108. The financial statement shall be approved by the board of

     directors, such approval to be evidenced by the signature at the

     foot of the balance sheet by two of the directors duly authorized to

     sign, and the auditor's report shall be attached to the financial

     statement or there shall be inserted at the foot of the balance

     sheet a reference to the report. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 108.



109.(1) Mailing of financial statement to shareholders



     109.(1) A public company shall, ten days or more before the date of

     the annual meeting, send by prepaid mail to each shareholder at the

     shareholder's last address as shown on the books of the company a

     copy of the financial statement and a copy of the auditor's report.



109.(2) Financial statement, private companies



     109.(2) A shareholder of a private company is entitled to be

     furnished by the company on demand with a copy of the documents

     mentioned in subsection (1).



109.(3) Offence



     109.(3) A company that fails to comply with subsection (1) or (2) is

     guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not

     more than $200, and every director or officer of the company who

     authorizes, permits or acquiesces in any such failure is guilty of

     an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 109.



110.(1) Comparative interim financial statement



     110.(1) A public company shall send to each shareholder a copy of a

     comparative interim financial statement for the six-month period

     that commenced on the date of incorporation or, if the company has

     completed a financial year, for the six-month period that commenced

     immediately after the end of the last completed financial year and

     for the comparable six-month period, if any, in the twelve months

     immediately preceding the commencement of the six-month period in

     respect of which such interim financial statement is issued, made up

     of,



          (a) a statement of source and application of funds for each

          period that complies with section 100; and



          (b) sufficient relevant financial information in summary form

          to present fairly the results of the operations of the company

          for each period, including,



             (i) a statement of sales or gross operating revenue,



             (ii) extraordinary items of income or expense,



             (iii) net income before taxes on income imposed by any

             taxing authority,



             (iv) taxes on income imposed by any taxing authority, and



             (v) net profit or loss.



110.(2)Idem



     110.(2) The interim financial statement required by subsection (1)

     may omit either or both of,



          (a) the information relating to the comparable period; and



          (b) the statement of source and application of funds,



     if the reason for the omission or omissions, as the case may be, is

     set out in the interim financial statement or by way of note

     thereto.



110.(3)Idem



     110.(3) There shall be stated by way of note to the interim

     financial statement required by subsection (1) particulars of any

     change in accounting principle or practice or in the method of

     applying any accounting principle or practice made during the period

     covered that affects the comparability of such statement with the

     statement for the preceding period or with the interim financial

     statement for a part of the preceding period, and the effect, if

     material, of any such change upon the profit or loss for the period

     covered by the interim financial statement.



110.(4)Idem



     110.(4) For the purpose of subsection (3), a change in accounting

     principle or practice or in the method of applying any accounting

     principle or practice affects the comparability of a statement with

     that for the preceding period or part thereof, even though it did

     not have a material effect upon the profit or loss for the period

     covered by the interim financial statement.



110.(5) Idem



     110.(5) The interim financial statement required by subsection (1)

     shall be sent by prepaid mail to each shareholder, within sixty days

     of the date to which it is made up, at the shareholder's last

     address as shown on the books of the company.



110.(6) Offence



     110.(6) A company that fails to comply with this section is guilty

     of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than

     $1,000, and every director or officer of the company who authorized,

     permitted or acquiesced in any such failure is guilty of an offence

     and on conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     110.



111.(1) Subsidiaries not to hold shares of holding companies



     111.(1) Except in the cases mentioned in this section, a company

     shall not be a shareholder of a company that is its holding company,

     and any allotment or transfer of shares of a company to its

     subsidiary company is void. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 111 (1).



111.(2) Application



     111.(2) This section does not apply to a subsidiary holding shares

     as executor, administrator, guardian or trustee unless the holding

     company or a subsidiary thereof is beneficially interested under the

     trust and is not so interested only by way of security for the

     purposes of a transaction entered into by it in the ordinary course

     of a business that includes the lending of money. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 111 (2); 1992, c. 32, s. 6 (8).



111.(3)Exception



     111.(3) This section does not prevent a subsidiary that on the 30th

     day of April, 1954, held shares of its holding company from

     continuing to hold such shares, but, subject to subsection (2), the

     subsidiary has no right to vote at meetings of shareholders of the

     holding company or at meetings of any class of shareholders thereof.



111.(4)Nominees



     111.(4) Subject to subsection (2), subsections (1) and (3) apply in

     relation to a nominee for a company that is a subsidiary as if the

     references in subsections (1) and (3) to such a company included

     references to a nominee for it. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 111 (3, 4).



112.(1) Definition



     112. 112.(1) In this section,



       "arrangement" includes a reorganization of the authorized capital

        of a company and includes, without limiting the generality of the

        foregoing, the consolidation of shares of different classes, the

        reclassification of shares of a class into shares of another

        class and the variation of the terms, preferences, rights,

        conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching

        to shares of any class, and includes a reconstruction under which

        a company transfers or sells or proposes to transfer or to sell

        to another company the whole or a substantial part of its

        undertaking for a consideration consisting in whole or in part of

        shares or securities of the other company and in which it

        proposes to distribute a part of such consideration among its

        shareholders of any class or to cease carrying on its undertaking

        or the part of its undertaking so transferred or sold or so

        proposed to be transferred or sold.



112.(2) Arrangements



     112.(2) Where an arrangement is proposed between a company and its

     shareholders or a class or classes of them affecting the rights of

     such shareholders or class or classes under the company's letters

     patent or supplementary letters patent or by-laws, the court may, on

     application of the company or of a shareholder, order a meeting of

     the shareholders of the company or of the class or classes affected,

     as the case may be, to be held on twenty-one days notice, or such

     shorter time as the court directs, served in such manner as the

     court directs.



112.(3) Contents of notice calling meeting



     112.(3) Where a meeting of the shareholders or of any class or

     classes of shareholders is called under subsection (2), the notice

     calling the meeting shall contain a statement explaining the effect

     of the arrangement and in particular stating any interest of the

     directors of the company, whether as directors or as shareholders of

     the company or otherwise, and the effect thereon of the arrangement,

     in so far as it is different from the effect on the like interest of

     other persons.



112.(4) Sanction by court



     112.(4) If the shareholders of the company or of the class or

     classes affected, as the case may be, present in person or by proxy

     at the meeting, agree by at least three-fourths of the shares of

     each class represented to the arrangement either as proposed or as

     varied at the meeting, the arrangement may be sanctioned by the

     court and, if so sanctioned, the arrangement and any decrease or

     increase in the authorized capital and any provisions for the

     allotment or disposition thereof by sale or otherwise as therein set

     forth may be confirmed by supplementary letters patent and thereupon

     is binding on the company and on the shareholders of the company or

     on the class or classes of shareholders affected.



112.(5) Notice to dissenters



     112.(5) If dissenting votes are cast at the meeting and, despite

     such dissenting votes, the arrangement is agreed to by the

     shareholders or the class or classes represented in accordance with

     subsection (4) and unless the court in its discretion otherwise

     orders, the company shall notify each dissenting shareholder in such

     manner as the court directs of the time and place when application

     will be made to it for the sanction of the arrangement. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 112.



113.(1) Amalgamation



     113.(1) Any two or more companies, including a holding and

     subsidiary company, having the same or similar objects may

     amalgamate and continue as one company.



113.(2) Agreement



     113.(2) The companies proposing to amalgamate may enter into an

     agreement for the amalgamation prescribing the terms and conditions

     of the amalgamation, the mode of carrying the amalgamation into

     effect and stating the name of the amalgamated company, the names,

     callings and places of residence of the first directors thereof and

     how and when the subsequent directors are to be elected with such

     other details as may be necessary to perfect the amalgamation and to

     provide for the subsequent management and working of the amalgamated

     company, the authorized capital of the amalgamated company and the

     manner of converting the authorized capital of each of the companies

     into that of the amalgamated company. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 113

     (1, 2).



113.(3)Adoption by shareholders



     113.(3) The agreement shall be submitted to the shareholders of each

     of the amalgamating companies at general meetings thereof called for

     the purpose of considering the agreement, and, if two-thirds of the

     votes cast at each such meeting are in favour of the adoption of the

     agreement, that fact shall be certified upon the agreement by the

     secretary of each of the amalgamating companies. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 113 (3); 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 64.



113.(4) Joint application for letters patent



     113.(4) If the agreement is adopted in accordance with subsection

     (3), the amalgamating companies may apply jointly to the Lieutenant

     Governor for letters patent confirming the agreement and

     amalgamating the companies so applying, and on and from the date of

     the letters patent such companies are amalgamated and are continued

     as one company by the name in the letters patent provided, and the

     amalgamated company possesses all the property, rights, privileges

     and franchises and is subject to all liabilities, contracts,

     disabilities and debts of each of the amalgamating companies. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 113 (4).



114.(1) Distribution of assets where winding up protracted



     114.(1) Where a company has ceased to carry on business except for

     the purpose of winding up its affairs and has no debts or

     obligations that have not been provided for or protected, the

     directors may pass by-laws for distributing in money, kind, specie

     or otherwise the property of the company or any part of it rateably

     among the shareholders according to their rights and interests in

     the company.



114.(2) Confirmation



     114.(2) The by-law is not effective until it has been confirmed by

     two-thirds of the votes cast at a meeting of the shareholders duly

     called for considering the by-law nor until it has been confirmed by

     the Lieutenant Governor in Council. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 114.



115.(1) Private companies contravening privileges, etc.



     115.(1) If a private company contravenes any of the provisions of

     its special Act, letters patent or supplementary letters patent

     respecting the restriction on the right to transfer its shares, the

     limitation on the number of its shareholders or the prohibition on

     invitations to the public to subscribe for its shares or securities,

     it ceases to be entitled to the privileges and exemptions conferred

     on private companies under this Act and thereupon this Act applies

     to the company as if it were not a private company.



115.(2) Relief



     115.(2) The court, on being satisfied that any such contravention

     was accidental or due to inadvertence or to some other sufficient

     cause, or that on other grounds it is just and equitable to grant

     relief, may, on the application of the company or any other person

     interested and on such terms and conditions as the court considers

     proper, order that the company be relieved from the consequences

     mentioned in subsection (1).



115.(3) Offence



     115.(3) In addition to the consequences mentioned in subsection (1),

     every private company that contravenes any of the provisions of its

     special Act, letters patent or supplementary letters patent

     respecting the restriction on the right to transfer its shares, the

     limitation on the number of its shareholders or the prohibition on

     invitations to the public to subscribe for its shares or securities,

     and every director or officer of the company who authorizes, permits

     or acquiesces in any such contravention, is guilty of an offence and

     on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 115.



116.(1) Private company, rights of dissenting shareholders



     116.(1) If, in the case of a private company, at a meeting of

     shareholders,



          (a) a resolution passed by the directors authorizing the sale

          or disposition of the undertaking of the company or any part

          thereof as an entirety or substantially as an entirety is

          confirmed with or without variation by the shareholders;



          (b) a resolution passed by the directors authorizing an

          application for the issue of supplementary letters patent

          providing for the conversion of the company into a public

          company is confirmed with or without variation by the

          shareholders; or



          (c) an agreement for the amalgamation of the company with one

          or more other companies, whether public or private, is

          confirmed by the shareholders,



     any shareholder who has voted against the confirmation of such

     resolution or agreement, as the case may be, may within two days

     after the date of the meeting give notice in writing to the company

     requiring it to purchase the shareholder's shares.



116.(2) Company bound to purchase shares



     116.(2) Within ninety days from the date of the completion of the

     sale or disposition or the issue of the supplementary letters patent

     or the letters patent, as the case may be, the company shall

     purchase the shares of every shareholder who has given notice under

     subsection (1).



116.(3) Saving



     116.(3) The company shall not purchase any shares under subsection

     (2) if it is insolvent or if such purchase would render the company

     insolvent.



116.(4) Price of shares



     116.(4) The price and terms of the purchase of such shares shall be

     as may be agreed upon by the company and the dissenting shareholder,

     but, if they fail to agree, the price and terms shall be as

     determined by the court on the application of the dissenting

     shareholder.



116.(5) Sale of shares



     116.(5) Any shares purchased under subsection (2) shall not be

     cancelled by reason only of such purchase, and may be sold by the

     company at such price and on such terms as the directors determine.



116.(6) Where sale not completed



     116.(6) If the sale or disposition is not completed or the

     supplementary letters patent or letters patent are not issued, the

     rights of the dissenting shareholder under this section cease and

     the company shall not purchase the shares of such shareholder under

     this section. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 116.



                    PART III

                    CORPORATIONS WITHOUT SHARE CAPITAL



117. Application



     117. This Part, except where it is otherwise expressly provided,

     applies,



          (a) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or

          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Upper

          Canada;



          (b) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or

          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Canada

          that has its head office and carries on business in Ontario and

          that was incorporated with objects to which the authority of

          the Legislature extends; and



          (c) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or

          special Act of the Legislature,



     but this Part does not apply to a corporation incorporated for the

     construction and working of a railway, incline railway or street

     railway. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 117.



118. Incorporation



     118. A corporation may be incorporated to which Part V applies or

     that has objects that are within the jurisdiction of the Province of

     Ontario. 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (5).



119.(1) Application for incorporation



     119.(1) The applicants for the incorporation of a corporation shall

     file with the Lieutenant Governor an application showing:



          1. The names in full, the place of residence and the calling of

          each of the applicants.



          2. The name of the corporation to be incorporated.



          3. The objects for which the corporation is to be incorporated.



          4. The place in Ontario where the head office of the

          corporation is to be situate.



          5. The names of the applicants who are to be the first

          directors of the corporation.



          6. Any other matters that the applicants desire to have

          embodied in the letters patent.



119.(2)Idem



     119.(2) The applicants may ask to have embodied in the letters

     patent any provision that may be made the subject of a by-law of the

     corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 119.



119.(3)Exception



     119.(3) Subsection (2) does not apply to a provision providing for

     the election and retirement of directors in accordance with

     subsection 287 (2) or (5). 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 65.



120. Classes of membership



     120. The letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of

     a corporation may provide for more than one class of membership and

     in that case shall set forth the designation of and the terms and

     conditions attaching to each class. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 120.



121. Applicants become members



     121. Upon incorporation of a corporation, each applicant becomes a

     member thereof. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 121.



122. Members not liable



     122. A member shall not, as such, be held answerable or responsible

     for any act, default, obligation or liability of the corporation or

     for any engagement, claim, payment, loss, injury, transaction,

     matter or thing relating to or connected with the corporation.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 122.



123. Number of members



     123. Unless the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-

     laws of a corporation otherwise provide, there is no limit on the

     number of members of the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 123.



124.(1) Admission to membership



     124.(1) Subject to subsection (2), a person or unincorporated

     association may be admitted to membership in a corporation by

     resolution of the board of directors, but the letters patent,

     supplementary letters patent or by-laws may provide that such

     resolution is not effective until it has been confirmed by the

     members in general meeting. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 124 (1); 1994,

     c. 27, s. 78 (6).



124.(2)Idem



     124.(2) The letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws

     of a corporation may provide for the admission of members by virtue

     of their office. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 124 (2).



125. Voting powers of members



     125. Each member of each class of members of a corporation has one

     vote, unless the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-

     laws of the corporation provide that each such member has more than

     one vote or has no vote. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 125.



126.(1) Not to be carried on for gain



     126.(1) A corporation, except a corporation to which Part V applies,

     shall be carried on without the purpose of gain for its members and

     any profits or other accretions to the corporation shall be used in

     promoting its objects and the letters patent shall so provide, and,

     where a company is converted into a corporation, the supplementary

     letters patent shall so provide.



126.(2)Exception



     126.(2) Nothing in subsection (1) prohibits a director from

     receiving reasonable remuneration and expenses for his or her

     services to the corporation as a director or prohibits a director or

     member from receiving reasonable remuneration and expenses for his

     or her services to the corporation in any other capacity, unless the

     letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws otherwise

     provide. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 126.



127. Directors by virtue of their office



     127. Subject to section 286, the letters patent, supplementary

     letters patent or by-laws of a corporation may provide for persons

     becoming directors by virtue of their office, in lieu of election.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 127.



128.(1) Memberships not transferable, termination



     128.(1) Unless the letters patent or supplementary letters patent

     otherwise provide, the interest of a member in a corporation is not

     transferable and lapses and ceases to exist upon the member's death

     or when the member ceases to be a member by resignation or otherwise

     in accordance with the by-laws of the corporation.



128.(2) Where transferable



     128.(2) Where the letters patent or supplementary letters patent

     provide that the interest of a member in the corporation is

     transferable, the by-laws shall not restrict the transfer of such

     interest. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 128.



129.(1) By-laws



     129.(1) The directors of a corporation may pass by-laws not contrary

     to this Act or to the letters patent or supplementary letters patent

     to regulate,



          (a) the admission of persons and unincorporated associations as

          members and as members by virtue of their office and the

          qualification of and the conditions of membership;



          (b) the fees and dues of members;



          (c) the issue of membership cards and certificates;



          (d) the suspension and termination of memberships by the

          corporation and by the member;



          (e) the transfer of memberships;



          (f) the qualification of and the remuneration of the directors

          and the directors by virtue of their office, if any;



          (g) the time for and the manner of election of directors;



          (h) the appointment, remuneration, functions, duties and

          removal of agents, officers and employees of the corporation

          and the security, if any, to be given by them to it;



          (i) the time and place and the notice to be given for the

          holding of meetings of the members and of the board of

          directors, the quorum at meetings of members, the requirement

          as to proxies, and the procedure in all things at members'

          meetings and at meetings of the board of directors;



          (j) the conduct in all other particulars of the affairs of the

          corporation.



129.(2) Confirmation



     129.(2) A by-law passed under subsection (1) and a repeal, amendment

     or reenactment thereof, unless in the meantime confirmed at a

     general meeting of the members duly called for that purpose, is

     effective only until the next annual meeting of the members unless

     confirmed thereat, and, in default of confirmation thereat, ceases

     to have effect at and from that time, and in that case no new by-law

     of the same or like substance has any effect until confirmed at a

     general meeting of the members.



129.(3) Rejection



     129.(3) The members may at the general meeting or the annual meeting

     mentioned in subsection (2) confirm, reject, amend or otherwise deal

     with any by-law passed by the directors and submitted to the meeting

     for confirmation, but no act done or right acquired under any such

     by-law is prejudicially affected by any such rejection, amendment or

     other dealing. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 129.



130.(1) By-laws respecting delegates



     130.(1) The directors of a corporation may pass by-laws providing

     for,



          (a) the division of its members into groups that are composed

          of territorial groups, common interest groups or both

          territorial and common interest groups;



          (b) the election of some or all of its directors,



             (i) by such groups on the basis of the number of members in

             each group, or



             (ii) for the groups in a defined geographical area, by the

             delegates of such groups meeting together;



          (c) the election of delegates and alternative delegates to

          represent each group on the basis of the number of members in

          each group;



          (d) the number and method of electing delegates;



          (e) the holding of meetings of delegates;



          (f) the authority of delegates at meetings or providing that a

          meeting of delegates shall for all purposes be deemed to be and

          to have all the powers of a meeting of the members;



          (g) the holding of meetings of members or delegates

          territorially or on the basis of common interest. R.S.O. 1990,

          c. C.38, s. 130 (1); 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 66.



130.(2) Confirmation



     130.(2) No by-law passed under subsection (1) is effective until it

     has been confirmed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a

     general meeting of the members duly called for considering the by-

     law.



130.(3) Voting



     130.(3) A delegate has only one vote and shall not vote by proxy.



130.(4) Qualification of delegates



     130.(4) No person shall be elected a delegate who is not a member of

     the corporation.



130.(5) Saving



     130.(5) No such by-law shall prohibit members from attending

     meetings of delegates and participating in the discussions at such

     meetings. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 130 (2-5).



131.(1) Supplementary letters patent



     131.(1) A corporation may apply to the Lieutenant Governor for the

     issue of supplementary letters patent,



          (a) extending, limiting or otherwise varying its objects;



          (b) changing its name;



          (c) varying any provision in its letters patent or prior

          supplementary letters patent;



          (d) providing for any matter or thing in respect of which

          provision may be made in letters patent under this Act;



          (e) converting it into a company;



          (f) converting it into a corporation, with or without share

          capital.



131.(2)Authorization



     131.(2) An application under clauses (1) (a) to (d) shall be

     authorized by a special resolution.



131.(3)Idem



     131.(3) An application under clauses (1) (e) to (f) shall be

     authorized by resolution of the board of directors and confirmed in

     writing,



          (a) by 100 per cent of the members; or



          (b) by at least 95 per cent of the members,



     but, in the case of confirmation under clause (b), the application

     shall not be made until twenty-one days notice of the application

     has been given by sending the notice to each member to the member's

     last address as shown on the books of the corporation and only if at

     the expiration of the twenty-one days none of the members has

     dissented in writing to the corporation.



131.(4) Contents of application for conversion into company



     131.(4) If the application is under clause (1) (e) or (f) and the

     corporation is to become a company, the application shall set forth

     the authorized capital, the classes of shares, if any, into which it

     is to be divided, the number of shares of each class, the par value

     of each share or, where the shares are to be without par value, the

     consideration, if any, exceeding which each share or the aggregate

     consideration, if any, exceeding which all the shares of each class

     may not be issued, and, where there are to be preference shares, the

     preferences, rights, conditions, restrictions, limitations or

     prohibitions attaching to them or each class of them, and the terms

     and conditions on which the members will become shareholders. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 131 (1-4).



131.(5)



     131.(5) Repealed: 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 67.



131.(6) Special Act corporations excepted



     131.(6) This section does not apply to a corporation incorporated by

     special Act, except that a corporation incorporated by special Act

     may apply under this section for the issue of supplementary letters

     patent changing its name. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 131 (6).



132.(1) Disposition of property on dissolution



     132.(1) A corporation may pass by-laws providing that, upon its

     dissolution and after the payment of all debts and liabilities, its

     remaining property or part thereof shall be distributed or disposed

     of to charitable organizations or to organizations whose objects are

     beneficial to the community.



132.(2) Confirmation



     132.(2) Such a by-law is not effective until it has been confirmed

     by two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of the members

     duly called for that purpose. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 132 (1, 2).



132.(3)



     132.(3) , (4) Repealed: 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 68.



132.(5) Where no by-law



     132.(5) In the absence of such by-law and upon the dissolution of

     the corporation, the whole of its remaining property shall be

     distributed equally among the members or, if the letters patent,

     supplementary letters patent or by-laws so provide, among the

     members of a class or classes of members. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     132 (5).



133.(1) Application of Part II provisions to Part III corporations



     133.(1) Section 22, clauses 23 (1) (a) to (p) and (s) to (v),

     subsection 23 (2), sections 59 to 61, 67, 69 to 71, 80 to 82, 84, 93

     and 94, subsection 95 (1), sections 96 and 96.1, clauses 97 (1) (a),

     (c) and (d), subsection 97 (3) and section 113 apply with necessary

     modifications to corporations to which this Part applies, and in so

     applying them the words "company" and "private company" mean

     "corporation" and the word "shareholder" means "member". R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 133 (1); 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (7); 1998, c. 18,

     Sched. E, s. 69 (1).



133.(2) Charitable corporation



     133.(2) Despite subsection (1), in the case of a corporation to

     which this Part applies, the objects of which are exclusively for

     charitable purposes, it is sufficient notice of any meeting of the

     members of the corporation if notice is given by publication at

     least once a week for two consecutive weeks next preceding the

     meeting in a newspaper or newspapers circulated in the municipality

     or municipalities in which the majority of the members of the

     corporation reside as shown by their addresses on the books of the

     corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 133 (2).



133.(2.1)Exemptions



     133.(2.1) Despite subsection (1), sections 80 and 96.1 do not apply

     to a corporation referred to in subsection 1 (2) of the Charities

     Accounting Act. 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 69 (2).



133.(3)Insurers



     133.(3) Clauses 97 (1) (a), (c) and (d), subsections 97 (2) and (3),

     subsection 98 (1), except clause (a) thereof, subsection 98 (2),

     sections 99, 101, 102, 107 and 108 and subsections 109 (1) and (3)

     apply with necessary modifications to corporations to which Part V

     applies, and in so applying them the words "company" and "private

     company" mean "corporation" and the word "shareholder" means

     "member". R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 133 (3).



                             PART IV

                             MINING COMPANIES



134. Definition



     134. In this Part,



        "company" means a company to which this Part applies. R.S.O.

         1990, c. C.38, s. 134.



135. Application



     135. This Part applies,



          (a) to every mining company incorporated before the 1st day of

          July, 1907;



          (b) to every mining company that was made subject to a

          predecessor of this Part by its letters patent or supplementary

          letters patent where the subjection has not been removed by

          supplementary letters patent; and



          (c) to every mining company made subject to this Part by its

          letters patent or supplementary letters patent where the

          subjection has not been removed by supplementary letters

          patent. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 135.



136.(1) Par value shares only



     136.(1) The shares of a company shall be with par value.



136.(2) Exception



     136.(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to shares authorized before

     the 30th day of April, 1954. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 136.



137.(1) Issue of shares at discount



     137.(1) Unless the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or

     by-laws otherwise provide, a company may issue its shares at a

     discount.



137.(2)At par



     137.(2) Despite subsection (1), preference shares shall not be

     issued at a discount.



137.(3)Rate of discount



     137.(3) Where shares are to be issued at a discount, the rate of

     discount shall be specified in the resolution of the directors

     allotting such shares. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 137.



138. Shareholders' liability



     138. No shareholder of a company who holds shares that were validly

     issued at a discount before the 30th day of April, 1954, or that are

     validly issued at a discount on or after the 30th day of April,

     1954, is personally liable for nonpayment of any calls made upon

     the shareholder's shares beyond the amount agreed to be paid

     therefor. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 138.



139. Share certificates



     139. A company shall have upon every share certificate issued by it

     distinctly written or printed in red ink, where such certificates

     are issued with respect to shares subject to call, the words

     "SUBJECT TO CALL" or "NON LIBRES" or, where issued with respect to

     shares not subject to call, the words "NOT SUBJECT TO CALL" or

     "ENTIEREMENT LIBRES". R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 139.



                          PART V

                          INSURANCE CORPORATIONS



140. Definitions



     140. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires, the words

     and expressions defined in section 1 of the Insurance Act have the

     same meaning as in that Act. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 140.



141.(1) Application of Part



     141. 141.(1) This Part applies to all applications for incorporation

     of insurers intending to undertake contracts of insurance in

     Ontario, and to such insurers when incorporated, and to all insurers

     incorporated before the 30th day of April, 1954, under the laws of

     Ontario.



141.(2) Application of Act



     141.(2) Except where inconsistent with this Part and except as

     provided in subsection (3), the other provisions of this Act apply

     to all such insurers.



141.(3) Exception



     141.(3) Sections 97 to 107 and 110 do not apply to insurers

     undertaking and transacting life insurance.



141.(4) Syndicates excluded



     141.(4) Corporations incorporated for the sole purpose of

     participating in or constituting a syndicate operating on The

     Canadian Insurance Exchange are not insurers within the meaning of

     subsection (1). R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 141.



141.(5) Networking



     141.(5) An insurer incorporated under this Act may,



          (a) act as an agent for any person in respect of the provision

          of any service that is provided by a financial institution;



          (b) enter into an arrangement with any person in respect of the

          provision of that service; and



          (c) refer any other person to a person referred to in clause

          (a) or (b). 1994, c. 11, s. 384.



142.(1) Incorporation of joint stock insurance companies



     142.(1) A joint stock insurance company may be incorporated for the

     purpose of undertaking and transacting any class of insurance for

     which a joint stock insurance company may be licensed under the

     Insurance Act.



142.(2) Notice



     142.(2) Applicants for incorporation shall, immediately before the

     application is made, publish in at least four consecutive issues of

     The Ontario Gazette notice of their intention to apply, and shall

     also, if so required by the Minister, publish elsewhere notice of

     such intention.



142.(3) Notice to Superintendent



     142.(3) Applicants for incorporation shall also give at least one

     month's notice to the Superintendent of their intention to apply for

     incorporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 142.



143.(1) Definition



     143.(1) In this section,



        "money received on account of shares" includes money received as

         premium on shares.



143.(2) Authorized capital



     143.(2) The authorized capital of a company shall be not less than

     $500,000.



143.(3)Exception



     143.(3) A company whose authorized capital immediately before the

     13th day of June, 1968 was less than $500,000 shall not decrease its

     authorized capital, and subsection (2) does not apply to the

     corporation until its authorized capital is increased to $500,000 or

     more.



143.(4) Par value of shares



     143.(4) The authorized capital shall be divided into shares of $100

     each, but, where not less than $200,000 of the authorized capital

     has been paid in in cash, the shares or any class of shares may be

     redivided into shares having a par value of $1 or a multiple

     thereof, or an additional class or classes of shares having a par

     value of $1 or a multiple thereof may be created.



143.(5) Application of money received on account of shares



     143.(5) All money received on account of shares shall be paid into a

     branch or agency in Ontario of a bank listed under Schedule I or II

     to the Bank Act (Canada) or into a registered trust corporation in

     trust for the proposed company, and no money paid on account of

     shares before the first general meeting of the company has been

     organized shall be withdrawn or paid over to the company until after

     such meeting has been organized and an election of directors held

     thereat.



143.(6) Return of subscriptions on failure to secure licence



     143.(6) A subscription for shares made before the granting of a

     licence under the Insurance Act shall contain the stipulation that

     all money received on account of shares will be returned to the

     subscribers without any deduction for promotion, organization or

     other expenses, in case the insurer fails to procure such a licence.



143.(7) Limit of percentage of subscriptions for charges



     143.(7) A subscription for shares shall contain the stipulation that

     no sum will be used or paid, before or after incorporation, for

     commission, promotion or organization expenses in excess of a

     percentage, not exceeding 15, of the amount of money received on

     account of shares. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 143.



144.(1) Definition



     144. 144.(1) In subsection (2),



       "surplus to policyholders" means surplus of assets over

        liabilities excluding issued capital shown in the annual

        financial statement of the company at the end of the next

        preceding calendar year as filed with and approved by the

        Superintendent.



144.(2) Reduction of capital of life insurance companies



     144.(2) Where a company undertaking life insurance has insurance in

     force of less than $25,000,000 and has a surplus to policyholders of

     more than $500,000, the directors may pass a by-law authorizing an

     application to the Lieutenant Governor for the issue of

     supplementary letters patent decreasing its authorized, subscribed

     and paid-in capital by not more than 50 per cent.



144.(3) New par value to be declared



     144.(3) The by-law and the supplementary letters patent shall

     declare the new par value of the shares and the liability of the

     shareholders on partially paid-in shares.



144.(4) Application, when to be made



     144.(4) The application shall not be made until the by-law has been

     confirmed by a vote of the shareholders present or represented by

     proxy at a general meeting duly called for considering it and

     holding not less than two-thirds of the votes cast at such meeting.



144.(5) Surplus not to be decreased by dividends to shareholders



     144.(5) The supplementary letters patent shall contain a provision

     that any surplus created by reason of such decrease of capital will

     not be decreased by dividends subsequently declared to shareholders.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 144.



145. Ss 165 (2-4), 167, 168 applicable to company undertaking life

     insurance



     145. A company undertaking life insurance may, by resolution passed

     at a special general meeting called for such purpose, provide that

     subsections 165 (2), (3) and (4) and sections 167 and 168 apply to

     such company. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 145.



146. Amalgamation



     146. Subject to the approval of the agreement of amalgamation under

     the Insurance Act, section 113 of this Act applies to the

     amalgamation of two or more joint stock insurance companies. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 146.



147.(1) Amalgamation, etc., of mutual corporation and joint stock corporation



     147.(1) Subject to the Insurance Act, a mutual corporation

     incorporated under the laws of Ontario transacting life insurance

     may amalgamate with or transfer its contracts to or reinsure such

     contracts with any licensed insurer transacting life insurance and

     may enter into all agreements necessary to such amalgamation,

     transfer or reinsurance.



147.(2) Confirmation of agreement



     147.(2) Despite anything in its Act or instrument of incorporation

     or in its constitution and by-laws, the board of directors may enter

     into any such agreement on behalf of the mutual corporation through

     its president and secretary, but no such agreement is binding or

     effective unless evidence satisfactory to the Superintendent is

     produced showing that the agreement has been confirmed by a vote of

     the majority of the members present or duly represented by proxy at

     a general or special general meeting of the mutual corporation and

     unless the agreement has been approved by the Lieutenant Governor in

     Council under the Insurance Act.



147.(3) Agreement binding on all members of mutual corporation



     147.(3) Despite anything in its Act or instrument of incorporation

     or in its constitution and by-laws, or in any policy or certificate

     or other document evidencing a contract issued by a mutual

     corporation, or in the constitution or laws of or certificates

     issued by a fraternal society whose contracts have been assumed by

     the mutual corporation or for which the mutual corporation has

     become responsible, the terms of any such agreement so confirmed and

     approved are valid and binding as of the date stipulated in the

     agreement upon all the members of the mutual corporation and upon

     their beneficiaries and legal representatives and upon all persons

     deriving legal rights from any such member or beneficiary so long as

     they do not involve any new or increased rates of contribution or

     premium, and the claims of all persons under any such contract of

     insurance shall be restricted to such benefits only as are continued

     in accordance with the terms of such agreement, and such contracts

     shall be deemed to be amended accordingly.



147.(4) Standard of valuations



     147.(4) Upon the coming into force of any such agreement, the

     reinsurer, in complying with the requirements of the Insurance Act

     in respect of the valuation of contracts so reinsured or

     transferred, is entitled to base its valuation upon such tables of

     mortality and upon such rates of interest as would have been

     authorized by law for such mutual corporation if no such agreement

     had been made. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 147.



148.(1) Incorporation of mutual and cash-mutual insurance corporations



     148.(1) A mutual or cash-mutual corporation may be incorporated for

     the purpose of undertaking and transacting any class of insurance

     for which a mutual or cash-mutual insurance corporation may be

     licensed under the Insurance Act.



148.(2)Idem



     148.(2) A mutual insurance corporation may be incorporated for the

     purpose of undertaking contracts of fire insurance on the premium

     note plan upon agricultural property, weather insurance or livestock

     insurance.



148.(3) Corporation for reinsurance



     148.(3) A mutual insurance corporation, all the members of which are

     mutual or cash-mutual corporations, may be incorporated for the

     purpose of reinsuring contracts of insurance and such a corporation

     may enter into contracts of reinsurance for the purpose of

     retroceding all or part of reinsurance contracts entered into by it.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 148.



149.(1) Incorporation of mutual fire insurance corporation



     149.(1) Ten residents in any county or district may call a meeting

     of the residents thereof to consider whether it is expedient to

     establish therein a mutual fire insurance corporation to undertake

     contracts of fire insurance on the premium note plan upon

     agricultural property.



149.(2) Advertisements calling meeting



     149.(2) The meeting shall be called by advertisement, stating the

     time, place and object of the meeting, and the advertisement shall

     be published once in The Ontario Gazette and at least once a week

     for three consecutive weeks in a newspaper published in the county

     or district.



149.(3) Subscription book



     149.(3) If thirty residents are present at the meeting and a

     majority of them determine that it is expedient to establish a

     mutual fire insurance corporation, they may elect from among

     themselves three persons to open and keep a subscription book in

     which owners of real or personal property in Ontario may sign their

     names and enter the sum for which they respectively bind themselves

     to effect insurance in the corporation.



149.(4) When meeting may be called



     149.(4) When 100 or more of such owners have signed their names in

     the subscription book and bound themselves to effect insurance in

     the corporation amounting in the aggregate to $250,000 or more, a

     meeting shall be called as hereinafter provided.



149.(5) How meeting to be called



     149.(5) When the subscription has been completed, any ten of the

     subscribers may call the first meeting of the proposed corporation

     at such time and place in the county or district as they determine

     by sending a printed notice by mail, addressed to each subscriber at

     the subscriber's post office address, at least ten days before the

     day of the meeting, and by advertisement in a newspaper having

     general circulation in the county or district.



149.(6) Contents of notice



     149.(6) The notice and advertisement shall state the object of the

     meeting and the time and place at which it is to be held.



149.(7) Election of directors



     149.(7) At such meeting, or at any adjournment of it, the name and

     style of the company, which shall include the word "mutual" or the

     word "mutuelle", shall be adopted, an acting secretary appointed, a

     board of directors elected as hereinafter provided and a central and

     generally accessible place in the county or district at which the

     head office of the company is to be located.



149.(8) Quorum of meeting



     149.(8) The presence of at least twenty-five of the subscribers is

     necessary to constitute a valid meeting.



149.(9) First meeting of directors



     149.(9) As soon as convenient after the meeting, the acting secretary 

shall call a meeting of the board of directors for the

     election from among themselves of a president and a vice-president,

     for the appointment of a secretary and a treasurer or a secretary-

     treasurer or a manager and for the transaction of such other

     business as may be brought before the meeting.



149.(10) Certain documents to be delivered



     149.(10) With the application for incorporation, the applicants

     shall produce to the Minister, certified as correct under the hands

     of the chair and secretary,



          (a) a copy of the minutes of the meeting, including all

          resolutions respecting the objects of the proposed corporation,

          its name and the location of its head office;



          (b) a copy of the subscription book;



          (c) a list showing the names and addresses of the directors

          elected and of the officers appointed; and



          (d) such further information as the Minister may require.



149.(11) Production of originals



     149.(11) There shall also, for verification, be produced to the

     Minister, if requested, the originals of such documents.



149.(12) Minister to ascertain correctness of proceedings



     149.(12) The Minister shall ascertain and determine whether the

     proceedings for the incorporation have been taken in accordance with

     this section and whether the subscriptions are genuine and by

     persons possessing property to insure.



149.(13) Powers deemed in letters patent



     149.(13) A mutual insurance corporation incorporated for the purpose

     of undertaking contracts of fire insurance on the premium note plan

     or under a contract to which the Fire Mutuals Guarantee Fund is

     applicable in accordance with section 166 of the Insurance Act, has

     the power, and its letters patent shall be deemed to include the

     power, to undertake all classes of insurance for which a joint stock

     insurance company may be licensed under the Insurance Act. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 149.



150.(1) Incorporation of mutual livestock insurance corporation



     150.(1) Ten owners of livestock in any county or district may call a

     meeting of the owners of livestock to consider whether it is

     expedient to establish a livestock insurance corporation upon the

     mutual plan.



150.(2) Organization



     150.(2) The mode of calling such meeting and the proceedings for the

     formation of the corporation shall be the same with necessary

     modifications as in the case of the formation of a mutual fire

     insurance corporation, except that the determination that it is

     expedient to establish the corporation shall be by thirty residents

     of the county or district, being owners of livestock in Ontario, and

     that the meeting for the organization of the corporation shall not

     be held unless fifty owners of livestock in Ontario have signed

     their names to the subscription book and bound themselves to effect

     insurance in the corporation that in the aggregate amounts to

     $50,000 or more.



150.(3) Powers



     150.(3) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent shall

     limit the powers of a mutual livestock insurance corporation

     incorporated under this section to undertaking contracts of

     insurance on the premium note plan against loss of livestock by

     fire, lightning, accident, disease or any other means, except that

     of design on the part of the insured or by the invasion of an enemy

     or by insurrection. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 150.



151.(1) Incorporation of mutual weather insurance corporation



     151.(1) Ten owners of agricultural property in any county or

     district may call a meeting of the owners of agricultural property

     to consider whether it is expedient to establish therein a weather

     insurance corporation upon the mutual plan.



151.(2) Organization



     151.(2) The mode of calling such meeting and the proceedings for the

     formation of the corporation shall be the same with necessary

     modifications as in the case of the formation of a mutual fire

     insurance corporation, except that the determination that it is

     expedient to establish the corporation shall be by thirty residents

     of the county or district, being owners of agricultural property in

     Ontario, and that the meeting for the organization of the

     corporation shall not be held unless fifty owners of agricultural

     property in Ontario have signed their names to the subscription book

     and bound themselves to effect insurance in the corporation that in

     the aggregate amounts to $50,000 or more.



151.(3) Powers



     151.(3) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent shall

     limit the powers of a mutual weather insurance corporation

     incorporated under this section to undertaking contracts of

     insurance on the premium note plan on any kind of agricultural

     property or property that is not mercantile or manufacturing against

     loss or injury arising from such atmospheric disturbances,

     discharges or conditions as the contract of insurance specifies.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 151.



152.(1) Incorporation of cash-mutual insurance corporations



     152.(1) Ten residents of any county or district may call a meeting

     of other residents thereof to consider whether it is expedient to

     establish a cash-mutual insurance corporation for the purpose of

     undertaking any class of insurance for which a cash-mutual

     corporation may be licensed under the Insurance Act.



152.(2) Organization



     152.(2) The mode of calling such meeting and the proceedings for the

     formation of the corporation shall be the same with necessary

     modifications as in the case of a mutual fire insurance corporation

     undertaking contracts of fire insurance under the premium note plan,

     except that the determination that it is expedient to establish the

     corporation shall be by thirty residents of the county or district,

     and that the meeting for the organization of the corporation shall

     not be held unless fifty residents have signed the subscription book

     and bound themselves to effect insurance in the corporation that in

     the aggregate amounts to $250,000 or more. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     152.



153.(1) When mutual company writing on the premium note plan may become a

     cash-mutual corporation



     153.(1) A mutual insurance corporation incorporated for the purposes

     of undertaking contracts of insurance on the premium note plan that

     has a net surplus of assets over all liabilities of not less than

     $500,000, may apply to the Lieutenant Governor in Council for the

     issue of supplementary letters patent converting it into a cash-

     mutual corporation in the manner provided in this Act.



153.(2) Approval of members



     153.(2) The application shall be authorized by a resolution of

     three-fourths in number of the directors of the corporation and

     confirmed by the members of the corporation by vote representing at

     least 90 per cent of the members present at a special general

     meeting duly called for that purpose, but the application shall not

     be made until twenty-one days notice of the application has been

     given by sending the notice to each member at the member's latest

     address as shown on the books of the corporation.



153.(3) Notice of application



     153.(3) Notice of intention to make the application and of the

     confirmation by the members of the corporation shall be published in

     at least four consecutive issues of The Ontario Gazette and in a

     newspaper having general circulation in the county or district in

     which the head office of the corporation is situate at least once a

     week for four consecutive weeks.



153.(4) Certain documents to be delivered



     153.(4) With the application for supplementary letters patent,

     submitted under this section, the applicants shall produce to the

     Minister certified as correct under the hands of the chair and

     secretary,



          (a) a copy of the notice of the special meeting of the members

          of the corporation and the notices published in The Ontario

          Gazette and the newspaper;



          (b) a copy of the minutes of the special meeting of the

          members, including all resolutions respecting the objects of

          the proposed corporation, its name and the location of its head

          office;



          (c) a copy of the corporation's audited financial statement

          made up to a date not more than seven months prior to the date

          of the application;



          (d) a list of the proposed officers and directors of the cash-

          mutual corporation;



          (e) such further information as the Minister may require.



153.(5) Report by Superintendent



     153.(5) The Superintendent shall report to the Minister whether the

     proceedings for supplementary letters patent are in accordance with

     this section and the requirements of the Insurance Act. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 153.



154.(1) When cash-mutual company may become a joint stock company



     154.(1) A mutual or a cash-mutual corporation that has surplus

     assets, not including premium notes, sufficient to reinsure all its

     outstanding risks may apply to the Lieutenant Governor for the issue

     of supplementary letters patent converting it into a joint stock

     insurance corporation in the manner provided in this Act.



154.(2) Approval of members



     154.(2) The application shall be authorized by a resolution of

     three-fourths in number of the directors of the corporation and

     confirmed by the members of the corporation by vote representing at

     least 90 per cent of the members present at a special general

     meeting duly called for that purpose, but the application shall not

     be made until twenty-one days notice of the application has been

     given by sending the notice to each member at the member's latest

     address as shown on the books of the corporation.



154.(3) Notice of application



     154.(3) Notice of intention to make the application and of the

     confirmation by the members of the corporation shall be published in

     at least four consecutive issues of The Ontario Gazette and in a

     newspaper having general circulation in the county or district in

     which the head office of the corporation is situate at least once a

     week for four consecutive weeks.



154.(4) Priority of members in subscribing stock



     154.(4) A person who is a member of the corporation on the day of

     the meeting is entitled to priority in subscribing to the capital

     stock of the corporation for one month after the opening of the

     books of subscription in the ratio that the insurance held by the

     person bears to the aggregate of the unexpired risks then in force.



154.(5) Certain documents to be delivered



     154.(5) With the application for supplementary letters patent,

     submitted under this section, the applicants shall produce to the

     Minister certified as correct under the hands of the chair and

     secretary,



          (a) a copy of the notice of the special meeting of the members

          of the corporation and the notices published in The Ontario

          Gazette and the newspaper;



          (b) a copy of the minutes of the special general meeting of

          members, including all resolutions respecting the objects of

          the proposed corporation, its name and the location of its head

          office;



          (c) a copy of the corporation's audited financial statement

          made up to a date not more than seven months prior to the date

          of the application;



          (d) a list of the proposed officers and directors of the

          corporation;



          (e) such further information as the Minister may require.



154.(6) Report of Superintendent



     154.(6) The Superintendent shall report to the Minister whether the

     application for supplementary letters patent is in accordance with

     this section and the requirements of the Insurance Act. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 154.



155. Vesting of assets and preservation of liabilities



     155. A corporation formed under section 153 or 154 is answerable for

     all liabilities of the corporation from which it has been formed and

     may sue and be sued under its new corporate name, and the assets and

     property of the old corporation are vested in the new corporation

     from the date of its formation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 155.



156. When distribution of assets among members permitted



     156. No mutual or cash-mutual insurance corporation that has ceased

     to do new business shall divide among its members any part of its

     assets, except income from investments, until it has performed or

     cancelled its policy obligations and upon proof to the

     Superintendent that such policy obligations have been performed or

     cancelled. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 156.



157. Application of Ss 158-173



     157. Sections 158 to 173 apply only to mutual and cash-mutual

     insurance corporations. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 157.



158.(1) Insured deemed member



     158.(1) A person insured under a policy issued by a corporation

     shall, from the date upon which the insurance becomes effective, be

     deemed a member of such corporation.



158.(2) Member's liability



     158.(2)  No member is liable in respect of any claim or demand

     against the corporation beyond the amount unpaid on the member's

     premium note.



158.(3) Member withdrawing



     158.(3) A member may, with the consent of the directors, withdraw

     from the corporation on such terms as the directors lawfully

     prescribe, subject to the Insurance Act. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     158.



159.(1) Annual meeting



     159.(1) A meeting of the shareholders and members for the election

     of directors shall be held within the first three months of every

     year at such time and place as the by-laws of the corporation

     prescribe. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 159 (1); 1998, c. 18, Sched. E,

     s. 70.



159.(2) Annual statement



     159.(2) Before the election, the annual statement for the year

     ending on the previous 31st day of December shall be presented and

     read. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 159 (2).



160. Failure to elect directors



     160. If an election of directors is not made on the day on which it

     ought to have been made, the corporation shall not for that cause be

     dissolved, but the election may be held on a subsequent day at a

     meeting to be called by the directors or as otherwise provided by

     the by-laws of the corporation, and in such case the directors then

     in office continue to hold office until their successors are

     elected. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 160.



161.(1) Notice of annual or special meetings



     161.(1) Notice of every annual or special general meeting of the

     corporation shall be sent by mail to every shareholder and member or

     shall be published in a newspaper published at or near the place

     where the head office is located at least seven days before the day

     of the meeting. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 161 (1); 1998, c. 18,

     Sched. E, s. 71 (1).



161.(2) Power of directors



     161.(2) The directors may call a general meeting of the corporation

     at any time. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 161 (2).



161.(3) Annual statement



     161.(3) The directors shall, at least seven days before the day of

     the annual meeting, send to each member by mail or publish in a

     newspaper published at or near the place where the head office is

     located the annual statement for the year ending on the previous

     December 31.



161.(4) Form of annual statement



     161.(4) The annual statement shall be certified by the auditors and

     shall be in the form prescribed by the regulations made under

     section 105 of the Insurance Act. 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 71 (2).



162.(1) Voting of members of mutual or cash-mutual insurance corporations



     162.(1) A member of a mutual or cash-mutual insurance corporation

     who is not in arrear for any assessment or cash payment due by the

     member to the corporation is entitled at all meetings of the

     corporation to one vote if the amount of premium paid by the member

     annually is in excess of $25 and no member is entitled to more than

     one vote.



162.(2) Where policy made to two or more persons



     162.(2) Where a policy on the premium note plan is made to two or

     more persons, one only is entitled to vote, and the right of voting

     belongs to the one first named on the register of policyholders if

     the person is present or, if not present, to the one who stands

     second, and so on.



162.(3) Where property insured by trustee board



     162.(3) Where property is insured by a trustee board, any member of

     the board or its secretary-treasurer duly appointed in writing

     pursuant to its resolution may vote on its behalf. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 162.



163. Right of mere applicants



     163. No applicant for insurance is competent to vote or otherwise

     take part in the corporation's proceedings until the applicant's

     application has been accepted by the directors. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 163.



164.(1) Qualifications of directors



     164.(1) No person is eligible to be or shall act as a director

     unless he or she is a member of the corporation, insured therein for

     the time he or she holds office and entitled to a vote.



164.(2) Where corporation has a share capital



     164.(2) Where the corporation has a share capital, not less than

     two-thirds of the directors shall also be holders of shares, each to

     an amount not less than $1,000, upon which all calls have been paid.



164.(3) Representation of corporations



     164.(3) The president or director of a member corporation that has

     the qualifications that would qualify an individual to be a director

     is eligible to be a director of the corporation.



164.(4) Representation of partnerships



     164.(4) Where a partnership has the qualifications that would

     qualify an individual to be a director of the corporation, one

     member of the partnership is eligible to be a director of the

     corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 164.



165.(1) Number of directors



     165.(1) The board shall consist of six, nine, twelve or fifteen

     directors, to be determined by resolution passed at the meeting held

     under subsection 149 (5).



165.(2) Increase or decrease in number



     165.(2) The number of directors may from time to time be increased

     or decreased if so determined at a special general meeting of the

     corporation called for the purpose, or at an annual general meeting,

     if notice in writing of the intention to propose a by-law for that

     purpose at such annual meeting is given to the secretary of the

     corporation at least one month before the holding of the meeting,

     but the increased or decreased number of directors shall in any such

     case be six, nine, twelve or fifteen.



165.(3) Notice of proposed change



     165.(3) Where such a notice has been given to the secretary, that

     fact shall be stated in the notice of the annual general meeting.



165.(4) Copy of resolution and list of directors to be filed



     165.(4) With the copy of the by-law filed with the Superintendent

     there shall be filed a list of the directors elected thereunder

     certified under the hands of the chair and secretary of the meeting.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 165.



166. Filing by-laws for remuneration of directors



     166. At any annual general meeting of the shareholders or members of

     a corporation, or at any special general meeting thereof, if such

     purpose was clearly expressed in the notice of the special general

     meeting, it is lawful to pass by-laws for the remuneration of the

     directors, and a certified copy of every such by-law shall, within

     seven days after its passing, be filed with the Superintendent.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 166.



167. Retirement of directors in rotation



     167. One-third of the directors shall retire annually, in rotation,

     and, at the first meeting of the directors or as soon thereafter as

     possible, it shall be determined by lot which of them shall hold

     office for one, two or three years respectively, and the

     determination shall be entered on the minutes of the meeting. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 167.



168. Annual election to fill vacancies



     168. At every annual general meeting thereafter, one-third of the

     total number of directors shall be elected for a period of three

     years to fill the places of the retiring directors, who are eligible

     for re-election. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 168.



169. Manager may be a director and be paid salary



     169. The manager of the corporation, even if he or she does not have

     the qualifications required by section 164, may be a director of the

     corporation and may be paid an annual salary under a by-law passed

     as provided by section 166. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 169.



170. Certain persons not eligible as directors



     170. No agent or paid officer, or officer of the bankers of the

     corporation, or person in the employment of the corporation, other

     than the manager, is eligible to be elected as a director or shall

     interfere in the election of directors. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     170.



171.(1) Election of directors



     171.(1) The election of directors shall be held and made by such

     shareholders and members as attend for that purpose in person, or in

     the case of a corporation or partnership by a director, officer or

     member authorized in writing to represent it.



171.(2) Ballot



     171.(2) The election shall be by ballot.



171.(3) Case of a tie at an election



     171.(3) If two or more members have an equal number of votes so that

     less than the whole number to be elected appear to have been chosen

     directors by a majority of votes, the members present shall proceed

     to ballot until it is determined which of the persons so having an

     equal number of votes shall be the director or directors.



171.(4) Election of president and vice-president



     171.(4) The directors shall, at their first meeting after any such

     election, elect by ballot from among themselves a president and

     vice-president, and the secretary shall preside at such election.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 171.



172. Interim vacancies



     172. If a vacancy occurs among the directors, during the term for

     which they have been elected, by death, resignation, ceasing to have

     the prescribed qualification, insolvency or by absence without

     previous leave of the directors from three successive regular

     meetings, which shall by reason of that fact create such vacancy,

     the vacancy, in the case of a board limited to six directors, shall

     be filled and, in the case of a board limited to a number of

     directors exceeding six, may be filled until the next annual general

     meeting by any person duly qualified chosen by a majority of the

     remaining directors as soon as may be after the vacancy occurs, and

     at the next annual general meeting the vacancy shall be filled for

     the portion of the term still unexpired. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     172.



173.(1) Quorum of directors



     173.(1) A majority of the directors constitutes a quorum for the

     transaction of business, and, in the case of an equality of votes at

     any meeting, the question passes in the negative.



173.(2) Recording dissent



     173.(2) A director disagreeing with the majority at a meeting may

     have his or her dissent recorded with the reasons therefor. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 173.



174.(1) Security of accountants



     174.(1) Every officer or person appointed or elected to any office

     concerning the receipt or proper application of money shall furnish

     security for the just and faithful execution of the duties of the

     person's office according to the by-laws or rules of the

     corporation, and any person entrusted with the performance of any

     other service may be required to furnish similar security, and

     security so furnished and then subsisting shall be produced to the

     auditors at the annual audit.



174.(2) Minimum security



     174.(2) The security given by the treasurer or other officer having

     charge of the money of the corporation shall not be less than $5,000

     or such greater amount as may be required by the by-laws of the

     corporation or by the Superintendent. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 174.



175. Amalgamation



     175. Subject to the approval of the agreement of amalgamation under

     the Insurance Act, section 113 applies with necessary modifications

     to the amalgamation of two or more mutual or cash-mutual insurance

     corporations. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 175.



176.(1) Incorporation of fraternal societies



     176.(1) The Lieutenant Governor may in his or her discretion, by

     letters patent, issue a charter to any number of persons, not fewer

     than seventy-five, of eighteen or more years of age, five of whom

     apply therefor, constituting such persons and any others who have

     signed the membership book, and persons who thereafter become

     members in the fraternal society thereby created, a corporation for

     the purposes of undertaking any class of insurance for which a

     fraternal society may be licensed under the Insurance Act.



176.(2) Notice



     176.(2) The applicants for incorporation, immediately before the

     application, shall publish in at least four consecutive issues of

     The Ontario Gazette notice of their intention to apply and shall

     also, if so required, publish elsewhere notice of such intention.



176.(3) Particulars of application



     176.(3) The application for the incorporation of a fraternal society shall 

show,



          (a) its proposed name;



          (b) the place in Ontario where its head office is to be

          situate;



          (c) the name in full, the place of residence and the calling of

          each of the applicants who are to be its first trustees or

          managing officers;



          (d) such other information as the Minister requires.



176.(4) Other documents



     176.(4) The application shall be accompanied by the original

     membership book or list containing the signatures duly certified of

     at least seventy-five persons who thereby agree to become members of

     the fraternal society if and when incorporated, by a copy of the

     proposed by-laws of the fraternal society and by evidence that the

     approval of the Superintendent to the proposed by-laws and rules has

     been obtained. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 176.



177. Organization meeting



     177. Within thirty days after the issue of the letters patent and

     upon due notice to all members of the society, an organization

     meeting of the society shall be held at which the by-laws shall be

     adopted and the officers of the society elected. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 177.



178.(1) Incorporation of foreign fraternal society



     178.(1) Where a fraternal society licensed under the Insurance Act

     has its head office elsewhere than in Ontario, the grand or other

     provincial body of the lodges or a majority of the lodges in Ontario

     may apply to the Lieutenant Governor for the issue of a charter and,

     from the time of the issue of the letters patent, the applicants

     become a corporation for the purpose of undertaking any class of

     insurance for which a fraternal society may be licensed under the

     Insurance Act.



178.(2) Application of s. 176 (1)



     178.(2) Subsection 176 (1) applies to an incorporation under this

     section.



178.(3) Approval of Superintendent



     178.(3) Before the issue of the letters patent, evidence shall be

     produced to the Minister that the approval of the Superintendent to

     the application has been secured. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 178.



179. Incorporation of local branch



     179. An auxiliary or local subordinate body or branch of a licensed

     fraternal society may be separately incorporated by like

     proceedings. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 179.



180.(1) Amalgamation or reinsurance by fraternal society



     180.(1) Subject to the Insurance Act, any fraternal society may

     amalgamate with any other fraternal society or transfer all or any

     portion of its contracts to or reinsure them with any insurer

     licensed for the transaction of life insurance and may enter into

     all agreements necessary to such amalgamation, transfer or

     reinsurance.



180.(2) Agreement for amalgamation, etc.



     180.(2) Despite anything in its Act or instrument of incorporation

     or in its constitution and by-laws, the governing executive

     authority may enter into any such agreement on behalf of the society

     through its principal officer and secretary, but no such agreement

     is binding or effective unless evidence satisfactory to the

     Superintendent is produced showing that the principle of

     amalgamation, transfer or reinsurance has been approved and that the

     agreement has been confirmed by a vote of the majority of the

     members present or duly represented at a general or special meeting

     of the supreme legislative or governing body of the society duly

     called. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 180.



181. Confirmation of amalgamation



     181. Subsection 113 (4) applies with necessary modifications to the

     amalgamation of two or more fraternal societies. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 181.



182.



     182. Repealed: 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (1).



183. Application of Ss 184-195



     183. Sections 184 to 195 apply to pension fund and employees' mutual

     benefit societies incorporated under this Part. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 183.



184. Definitions



     184. In this section and in sections 185 to 195,



       "parent corporation" means a corporation any of whose officers

        establish a pension fund or employees' mutual benefit society

        under this Part; ("personne morale mSre")



       "society" means a pension fund or employees' mutual benefit

        society incorporated under this Part; ("soci,t,")



       "subsidiary corporation" means a corporation, wherever

        incorporated, at least 75 per cent of whose issued common shares

        are owned by a parent corporation. ("filiale") R.S.O. 1990, c.

        C.38, s. 184.



185.(1) Charter by letters patent



     185. 185.(1) The Lieutenant Governor may in his or her discretion,

     by letters patent, issue a charter to any number of persons, not

     fewer than five, of eighteen or more years of age, two of whom are

     officers of a corporation legally transacting business in Ontario

     who apply therefor, constituting such persons and the employees of

     such corporation and of its subsidiary corporations who join the

     society and those who replace them from time to time a pension fund

     or employees' mutual benefit society corporation.



185.(2) Contents of application



     185.(2) The application for the incorporation of a pension fund or

     employees' mutual benefit society shall show,



          (a) its proposed name;



          (b) the name of its parent corporation;



          (c) the place in Ontario where its head office is to be

          situate;



          (d) the name in full and place of residence and calling of each

          of the applicants; and



          (e) the names, not fewer than five, of those who are to be its

          first directors.



185.(3) Notice



     185.(3) Notice of the application for incorporation of a society

     shall be published in at least four consecutive issues of The

     Ontario Gazette and the notice shall state,



          (a) its proposed name;



          (b) the place in Ontario where its head office is to be

          situate; and



          (c) the name of its secretary. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 185.



186. First meeting



     186. The first directors have power to call the first meeting of the

     society and at such meeting directors may be elected and by-laws may

     be passed under this Act, and a copy of such by-laws shall be filed

     with the Minister within two weeks after the passing thereof, and

     copies of subsequent by-laws in amendment thereof, in addition

     thereto or diminution therefrom, shall also be filed with the

     Minister within two weeks after the passing thereof. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 186.



187.(1) Directors



     187.(1) The affairs of the society shall be administered by a board

     of directors who shall be appointed or elected in such manner, in

     such number, with such qualifications and for such period as are

     determined by the by-laws, but at the first meeting of the society

     five directors shall be elected, subject to addition to such number

     if so sanctioned by the by-laws, and other officers may be appointed

     in such manner with such remuneration and under such provisions

     touching their powers and duties as are established by the by-laws.



187.(2) Management of fund by trust corporation



     187.(2) The board of directors may by by-law entrust the whole or a

     part of the fund of the society to a trust corporation licensed

     under the law of Ontario and may delegate to such trust corporation

     all or any of its powers and discretions relating to the custody and

     management of the fund. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 187.



188.(1) Definition



     188. 188.(1) In this section,



       "dependants" means the wives, husbands, and children under

        eighteen years of age, including adopted children, of officers or

        employees within the meaning of this section.



188.(2) Powers and objects of society



     188.(2) After its incorporation, every pension fund and employees'

     mutual benefit society has the power, by means of voluntary

     contribution or otherwise as its by-laws provide, to form a fund or

     funds and may invest, hold and administer the same and may

     therefrom,



          (a) provide for the support and payment of pensions and other

          benefits to officers and employees of the parent corporation

          and its subsidiary corporations who have retired or who cease

          to be employed by the parent corporation or one of its

          subsidiary corporations;



          (b) provide, in such manner as the by-laws specify, for the

          payment of pensions, annuities, gratuities or other benefits to

          the widows, widowers and children or other surviving relatives

          or legal representatives of officers and employees or retired

          officers and employees of the parent corporation and its

          subsidiary corporations who have died;



          (c) provide for the payment of benefits to officers and

          employees of the parent corporation or one of its subsidiary

          corporations by reason of illness, accident or disability;



          (d) provide for the payment of benefits by reason of illness,

          accident or disability to former officers and employees of the

          parent corporation and its subsidiary corporations who are

          retired;



          (e) provide for the payment of benefits to officers and

          employees or retired officers and employees of the parent

          corporation or one of its subsidiary corporations in respect of

          illness, accident or disability affecting dependants of such

          officers or employees; and



          (f) upon the death of such officers or employees, pay a funeral

          benefit in such manner as the by-laws specify. R.S.O. 1990, c.

          C.38, s. 188.



189.(1) Power to pass by-laws



     189.(1) A pension fund and employees' mutual benefit society has all

     corporate powers necessary for its purposes and may pass by-laws not

     contrary to law defining and regulating in the premises, and

     prescribing the mode of enforcement of, all the rights, powers and

     duties of,



          (a) the society;



          (b) its individual members;



          (c) the officers and employees of the parent corporation and

          its subsidiary corporations;



          (d) the widows, widowers and children or other surviving

          relatives, or the personal representatives of such officers and

          employees; and



          (e) the parent corporation.



189.(2) Additional by-laws



     189.(2) Every such society may also make by-laws as aforesaid for,



          (a) the formation and maintenance of the fund;



          (b) the management and distribution of the fund;



          (c) the enforcement of any penalty or forfeiture in the

          premises; and



          (d) the government and ordering of all business and affairs of

          the society.



189.(3) Sanction of parent corporation



     189.(3) No such by-law is effective unless it has been sanctioned by

     the board of directors of the parent corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 189.



190. By-laws defining rights and remedies of beneficiaries, etc.



     190. All the powers, authority, rights, penalties and forfeitures

     whatever of the society or of its members, officers or employees, or

     of such widows, widowers and children or other surviving relatives

     or legal representatives, or of the parent corporation shall be such

     and such only and may be enforced in such mode and in such mode

     only, as by such by-laws are defined and limited. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 190.



191. Revenue



     191. All the revenue of the society, from whatever source derived,

     shall be devoted exclusively to the maintenance of the society and

     the furtherance of the objects of the fund and to no other purpose.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 191.



192. Contribution by parent corporation



     192. The parent corporation may contribute annually or otherwise to

     the funds of the society by a vote of its directors or its

     shareholders. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 192.



193. Prohibition against member assigning interest



     193. The interest of a member in the funds of the society is not

     transferable or assignable by way of pledge, hypothecation, sale,

     security or otherwise. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 193.



194.(1) Special audit



     194.(1) Where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Minister that

     the accounts of a society have been materially or willfully

     falsified, or where there is filed in the office of the Minister a

     requisition for audit bearing the signatures, addresses and callings

     of at least 25 per cent of the members of the society and alleging

     in a sufficiently particular manner to the satisfaction of the

     Minister specific fraudulent or illegal acts, or the repudiation of

     obligations, or insolvency, the Minister may appoint one or more

     accountants or actuaries who shall, under the Minister's direction,

     make a special audit of the books and accounts and report thereon in

     writing verified upon oath to the Minister.



194.(2) Security for costs



     194.(2) Where an audit is requested, the persons requesting it

     shall, with their requisition, deposit with the Minister security

     for the costs of the audit in such sum as the Minister fixes, and,

     where the facts alleged in the requisition appear to the Minister to

     have been partly or wholly disproved by the audit, he or she may pay

     the costs thereof partly or wholly out of the deposit.



194.(3) Duty to facilitate special audit



     194.(3) The society, its officers and servants shall facilitate the

     making of such special audit so far as it is in their power and

     shall produce for inspection and examination by the person so

     appointed such books, securities and documents as the person may

     require.



194.(4) Expense of special audit



     194.(4) Subject to subsection (2), the expense of such special audit

     shall be borne by the society, and the auditor's account, when

     approved in writing by the Minister, shall be paid by the society

     forthwith. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 194.



195. Return to Minister



     195. A society formed under this Act shall at all times when

     thereunto required by the Minister make a full return of its assets

     and liabilities and of its receipts and expenditures for such period

     and with such details and other information as the Minister may

     require. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 195.



196.(1) When charter to be forfeited for non-user or discontinuance



     196.(1) If an insurer incorporated under the law of Ontario, whether

     under this Act or under any general or special Act, does not go into

     actual operation within two years after incorporation, or if, after

     an insurer has undertaken contracts, such insurer discontinues

     business for one year, or if its licence remains suspended for one

     year, or is cancelled and is not revived within the period of sixty

     days, the insurer's corporate powers by reason of that fact cease

     and determine, except for the sole purpose of winding up its

     affairs, and in any action or proceeding in which such nonuser is

     alleged, proof of user is upon the insurer, and the court, upon the

     petition of the Attorney General or of any person interested, may

     limit the time within which the insurer is to settle and close its

     accounts, and may, for that purpose or for the purpose of

     liquidation generally, appoint a receiver. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     196 (1); 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (2).



196.(2) Rights of creditors



     196.(2) No such forfeiture affects prejudicially the rights of

     creditors as they exist at the date of the forfeiture. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 196 (2).



197. Definition



     197. In sections 198 to 204,



       "shareholder" includes member and participating policyholder

        eligible to vote for a policyholders' director. R.S.O. 1990, c.

        C.38, s. 197.



198.(1) Information laid before annual meetings of life insurers



     198.(1) The directors of an insurer undertaking and transacting life

     insurance shall lay before each annual meeting of shareholders,



          (a) a financial statement for the period commencing on the date

          of incorporation and ending not more than six months before

          such annual meeting or commencing immediately after the period

          covered by the previous financial statement and ending not more

          than six months before such annual meeting, as the case may be,

          made up of,



             (i) a statement of revenue and expenditure for such period,



             (ii) a statement of surplus for such period,



             (iii) a balance sheet made up to the end of such period;



          (b) the report of the auditor to the shareholders;



          (c) such further information respecting the financial position

          of the insurer as the letters patent, supplementary letters

          patent or by-laws of the insurer require.



198.(2) Contents of financial statement



     198.(2) The statements referred to in the subclauses of clause (1)

     (a) shall comply with and be governed by sections 199 to 203, but it

     is not necessary to designate them the statement of revenue and

     expenditure, statement of surplus and balance sheet.



198.(3) Incorporation of statements



     198.(3) The statement of surplus referred to in subclause (1) (a)

     (ii) and the information required by subsections 200 (2) and (3) may

     be incorporated in and form part of the statement of revenue and

     expenditure referred to in subclause (1) (a) (i).



198.(4) Auditor's report to be read



     198.(4) The report of the auditor to the shareholders shall be read

     at the annual meeting and shall be open to inspection by any

     shareholder. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 198.



199.(1) Statement of revenue and expenditure



     199. 199.(1) The statement of revenue and expenditure to be laid

     before an annual meeting shall be drawn up so as to present fairly

     the results of the operations of the insurer for the period covered

     by the statement and so as to distinguish severally at least,



          (a) premium income;



          (b) income from invested assets;



          (c) profit or loss from sale of invested assets;



          (d) amounts by which values of invested assets are increased or

          decreased;



          (e) payments to policyholders and beneficiaries, other than the

          disbursement of money previously left on deposit;



          (f) increase or decrease in actuarial liability under insurance

          and annuity contracts;



          (g) total remuneration of directors as such from the insurer,

          including all salaries, bonuses, fees, contributions to pension

          funds and other emoluments;



          (h) premium taxes;



          (i) head office, agency, investment and other operating

          expenses;



          (j) the amount transferred to or from general surplus.



199.(2) Notes



     199.(2) Despite subsection (1), items of the natures described in

     clauses (1) (d) and (g) may be shown by way of note to the statement

     of revenue and expenditure. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 199.



200.(1) Statement of surplus



     200.(1) The statement of surplus shall be drawn up so as to present

     fairly the transactions reflected in it and shall show separately a

     statement of general surplus and a statement of shareholders'

     surplus, howsoever designated.



200.(2) General surplus



     200.(2) The statement of general surplus shall be drawn up so as to

     distinguish at least the following items:



          1. The balance of each amount making up the total of general

          surplus as shown in the balance sheet at the end of the

          preceding financial period.



          2. The additions to and deductions from such surplus during the

          financial period and, without restricting the generality of the

          foregoing, at least the following:



             i. The amount shown on the statement of revenue and

             expenditure as transferred to or from general surplus.



             Ii The amount of surplus arising from the issue of shares

             or the reorganization of the insurer's issued capital,

             including,



                (a) the amount of premiums received on the issue of

                shares at a premium;



                (b) the amount of surplus realized on the purchase for

                cancellation of shares.



             Iii Donations of cash or other property by shareholders.



          3. The balance of each amount making up such general surplus as

          shown in the balance sheet at the end of the financial period.



200.(3) Shareholders' surplus



     200.(3) The statement of shareholders' surplus shall be drawn so as

     to distinguish at least the following items:



          1. The balance of such surplus as shown in the balance sheet at

          the end of the preceding financial period.



          2. The additions to and deductions from such surplus during the

          financial period and, without restricting the generality of the

          foregoing, at least the following:



             i. The amount transferred to or from general surplus.



             Ii Provision for taxes on income.



             Iii The amount of dividends declared on each class of

             shares.



          3. The balance of such surplus as shown in the balance sheet at

          the end of the financial period. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 200.



201.(1) Balance sheet



     201.(1) The balance sheet to be laid before an annual meeting shall

     be drawn up so as to present fairly the financial position of the

     insurer as at the date to which it is made up and so as to

     distinguish severally at least the following:



          1. The invested assets of the insurer as described in Part XVII

          of the Insurance Act, severally designated as follows:



             i. Cash.



             Ii Preference and common shares.



             Iii Bonds and debentures.



             iv. Mortgages.



             v. Real estate held for sale.



             vi. Real estate held for the production of income.



             vii. Head office buildings.



             viii. Agreements for sale.



             ix. Loans on policies.



             x. Other invested assets stating their nature.



          2. Other assets of the insurer distinguishing severally at

          least the following:



             i. Net outstanding premiums due and deferred.



             Ii Interest and rents due and accrued.



             Iii Debts owing to the insurer from its shareholders except

             debts of reasonable amount arising in the ordinary course of

             the insurer's business that are not overdue having regard to

             the insurer's ordinary terms of credit.



             Iv The aggregate amount of any outstanding loans under

             clauses 24 (2) (c), (d) and (e).



          3. The actuarial liability under insurance and annuity

          contracts.



          4. Bank loans and overdrafts.



          5. Provision for unpaid and unreported claims.



          6. All other liabilities to policyholders.



          7. Debts owing by the insurer on loans from its directors,

          officers or shareholders.



          8. Commissions and other debts owing by the insurer segregating

          those that arose otherwise than in the ordinary course of

          business.



          9. Deferred income.



          10. Liability for taxes.



          11. Dividends on capital stock declared but not paid.



          12. The authorized capital, giving the number of each class of

          shares and a brief description of each such class and

          indicating therein any class of shares which is redeemable and

          the redemption price thereof.



          13. The issued capital, giving the number of shares of each

          class issued and outstanding and the amount received therefor

          that is attributable to capital, and showing,



             (a) the number of shares of each class issued since the date

             of the last balance sheet and the value attributed thereto,

             distinguishing shares issued for cash, shares issued for

             services and shares issued for other consideration; and



             (b) where any shares have not been fully paid,



                (i) the number of shares in respect of which calls have

                not been made and the aggregate amount that has not been

                called, and



                (ii) the number of shares in respect of which calls have

                been made and not paid and the aggregate amount that has

                been called and not paid.



          14. Reserves, as described in clauses 204 (1) (a), (b) and (c),

          showing the amounts added thereto and the amounts deducted

          therefrom during the financial period.



          15. The amounts making up the surplus of the insurer severally

          designated as follows:



             i. General surplus.



             Ii Shareholders' surplus.



             Iii Other surplus balances indicating their nature.



201.(2) Notes



     201.(2) Despite subsection (1), particulars of the items described

     in paragraphs 12 and 13 of subsection (1) may be shown by way of

     note to the balance sheet.



201.(3) Idem



     201.(3) The basis of valuation of the invested assets of the insurer

     shall be shown by way of note to the balance sheet. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 201.



202.(1) Notes to financial statement



     202.(1) There shall be stated by way of note to the financial

     statement particulars of any change in accounting or actuarial

     principle or practice or in the method of applying any accounting or

     actuarial principle or practice made during the period covered that

     affects the comparability of any of the statements with any of those

     for the preceding period, and the effect, if material, of any such

     change upon the results of operations for the period.



202.(2) Idem



     202.(2) Where applicable, the following matters shall be referred to

     in the financial statement or by way of note thereto:



          1. The basis of conversion of amounts from currencies other

          than the currency in which the financial statement is

          expressed.



          2. Foreign currency restrictions that affect the assets of the

          insurer.



          3. Contractual obligations that will require abnormal

          expenditures in relation to the insurer's normal business

          requirements or financial position or that are likely to

          involve losses not provided for in the accounts.



          4. Contingent liabilities, stating their nature and, where

          practicable, the approximate amounts involved.



          5. Any liability secured otherwise than by operation of law on

          any asset of the insurer, stating the liability so secured, but

          it is not necessary to specify the asset on which the liability

          is secured.



          6. The gross amount of arrears of dividends on any class of

          shares and the date to which such dividends were last paid.



          7. Where an insurer has contracted to issue shares or has given

          an option to purchase shares, the class and number of shares

          affected, the price and the date for issue of the shares or

          exercise of the option.



          8. Any restriction by the letters patent, supplementary letters

          patent or by-laws of the insurer or by contract on the payment

          of dividends that is significant in the light of the insurer's

          financial position.



202.(3) Idem



     202.(3) Every note to a financial statement is an integral part of

     it. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 202.



203. Insignificant circumstances



     203. Despite sections 199 to 202, it is not necessary to state in a

     financial statement any matter that in all the circumstances is of

     relative insignificance. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 203.



204.(1) Reserves



     204. 204.(1) In a financial statement, the term "reserve" shall be

     used to describe only,



          (a) amounts appropriated from surplus at the discretion of

          management for some purpose other than to meet a liability or

          contingency known or admitted or a commitment made as at the

          statement date or a decline in value of an asset that has

          already occurred;



          (b) amounts appropriated from surplus pursuant to the

          instrument of incorporation, instrument amending the instrument

          of incorporation or by-laws of the insurer for some purpose

          other than to meet a liability or contingency known or admitted

          or a commitment made as at the statement date or a decline in

          value of an asset that has already occurred; and



          (c) amounts appropriated from surplus in accordance with the

          terms of a contract and which can be restored to the surplus

          when the conditions of the contract are fulfilled.



204.(2) Idem



     204.(2) Despite subsection (1), the term "reserve" may be used to

     describe the actuarial liability under insurance and annuity

     contracts. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 204.



205. Auditor's report, joint stock insurance companies and cash mutuals



     205. The auditor of a joint stock insurance company or a cash mutual

     insurance corporation shall in the report required to be made by

     subsection 96 (2) also make such statements as the auditor considers

     necessary,



          (a) if, in the case of corporations transacting other than life

          insurance, the provision for unearned premiums is not

          calculated as required by the Insurance Act;



          (b) if the provision for unpaid claims, in the auditor's

          opinion, is not adequate;



          (c) if the financial statement includes as assets items

          prohibited by the Insurance Act from being shown in the annual

          statements required to be filed thereunder; or



          (d) if any of the transactions of the corporation that have

          come to the auditor's notice have not been within its powers.

          R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 205.



206. Delivery of by-laws to Superintendent



     206. Every insurer shall deliver to the Superintendent within one

     month after passing thereof, a certified copy of its by-laws and of

     every repeal or addition to or amendment or consolidation thereof.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 206.



207. Balance sheets and statements



     207. A copy of every balance sheet or other statement published or

     circulated by an insurer, purporting to show its financial

     condition, shall be mailed or delivered to the Superintendent,

     concurrently with its issue to its shareholders or policyholders, or

     to the general public. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 207.



208. Offence



     208. A person who fails to comply with section 205, 206 or 207 shall

     be deemed to be guilty of an offence under the Insurance Act. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 208.



209. Directors of joint stock insurance company, qualifications



     209. Subject to section 210, no person is eligible to become or

     shall be elected a director of a joint stock insurance company

     unless he or she is eighteen or more years of age and holds in his

     or her own name and for his or her own use and absolutely in his or

     her own right shares of the capital stock of the company upon which

     at least $500 has been paid into the capital account of the

     corporation and has paid in cash all calls and instalments due

     thereon and all liabilities incurred by him or her to the company.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 209.



210.(1) Shareholders' directors; policyholders' directors



     210.(1) A joint stock life insurance company may by by-law provide

     that the affairs of the company shall be managed by a board of

     directors of whom a specified number, herein called shareholders'

     directors, shall be elected by the shareholders of the company, and

     a specified number, herein called policyholders' directors, shall be

     elected by those persons, herein called participating policyholders,

     whose lives are insured under a participating policy or

     participating policies of the company for at least $2,000 upon which

     no premiums are due, whether or not any such person is a shareholder

     of the company.



210.(2) Number of directors; vacancies



     210.(2) A by-law passed under subsection (1) shall provide for the

     election of not fewer than nine and not more than twenty-one

     directors, of whom not fewer than one-third shall be policyholders'

     directors, and any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may

     be filled for the remainder of the term by the directors.



210.(3) Participating policyholders' right to vote



     210.(3) Participating policyholders are entitled to attend and vote

     in person and not by proxy at all general meetings of the company,

     but as such are not entitled to vote for the election of

     shareholders' directors, but this section does not confer rights or

     impose liabilities on such participating policyholders in a

     liquidation of the company.



210.(4) Policyholders' director, qualifications



     210.(4) A holder of a participating policy or participating policies

     of the company for at least $4,000 exclusive of bonus additions,

     upon which no premiums are due, who is not a shareholder and who has

     paid premiums on such policy or policies for at least three full

     years is eligible for election as a policyholders' director.



210.(5) Annual meeting



     210.(5) Such a life insurance company shall have a fixed time in

     each year for its annual meeting and such time shall be printed in

     prominent type on each premium notice or each premium receipt issued

     by the company, and, in addition to all other notices required to be

     given by this Act, it shall give fifteen days notice of such meeting

     in two or more daily newspapers published at or as near as may be to

     the place where the company has its head office. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 210.



211. Conversion of joint stock life companies into mutual companies



     211. Despite anything in the letters patent incorporating the

     company or in its by-laws or in this Act, a joint stock life

     insurance company may, with the permission of the minister charged

     with the administration of the Insurance Act, establish and

     implement a plan for the conversion of the company into a mutual

     company by the purchase of shares of the capital stock of the

     company in accordance with the Schedule to this Act. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 211.



212. Definitions



     212. In sections 213 to 224,



        "insured person" means a person who enters into a subsisting

         contract of insurance with an insurer and includes,



          (a) every person insured by a contract whether named or not,



          (b) every person to whom or for whose benefit all or part of the 

proceeds of a contract of insurance are

          payable, and



          (c) every person entitled to have insurance money applied

          toward satisfaction of the person's judgment in accordance with

          section 258 of the Insurance Act; ("assur,")



        "loss" includes the happening of an event or contingency by

         reason of which a person becomes entitled to a payment under a

         contract of insurance of money other than a refund of unearned

         premiums; ("sinistre")



       "Minister" means the member of the Executive Council charged for

        the time being by the Lieutenant Governor in Council with the

        administration of the Insurance Act; ("ministre")



       "Ontario contract" means a subsisting contract of insurance that,



          (a) has for its subject,



             (i) property that at the time of the making of the contract

             is in Ontario or is in transit to or from Ontario, or



             (ii) the life, safety, fidelity or insurable interest of a

             person who at the time of the making of the contract is

             resident in Ontario or of an incorporated company that has

             its head office in Ontario, or



          (b) makes provision for payment thereunder primarily to a

          resident of Ontario or to an incorporated company that has its

          head office in Ontario. ("contrat de l'Ontario") R.S.O. 1990,

          c. C.38, s. 212; 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (3).



213.(1) Application of Part VI



     213.(1) The provisions of Part VI relating to the winding up of

     corporations apply to insurers incorporated under or subject to this

     Act except where inconsistent with this Part.



213.(2) Definition



     213.(2) Where the company, corporation or society is not constituted

     exclusively or chiefly for insurance purposes and the insurance

     branch and fund are completely severable from every other branch and

     fund of the company, corporation or society, the word "insurer" for

     the purposes of sections 214 to 227 means only the insurance branch

     of the company, corporation or society. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     213.



214.(1) Winding up by order of court on application of Superintendent



     214.(1) An insurer incorporated in Ontario may also be wound up by

     order of the court on the application of the Superintendent, if the

     court is satisfied that,



          (a) the insurer has failed to exercise its corporate powers

          during any continuous period of four years;



          (b) the insurer has not commenced business or gone into actual

          operation within four years after it was incorporated;



          (c) the insurer has discontinued business for one year after it

          has undertaken insurance contracts within the meaning of the

          Insurance Act;



          (d) the insurer's licence has been suspended for one year or

          more;



          (e) the insurer has carried on business or entered into a

          contract or used its funds in a manner or for a purpose

          prohibited or not authorized by the Insurance Act or by its Act

          of incorporation or by any special Act applicable thereto; or



          (f) other sufficient cause has been shown.



214.(2) Approval of Lieutenant Governor in Council



     214.(2) No such application shall be made by the Superintendent

     without the approval of the Lieutenant Governor in Council.



214.(3) Application of Part VI



     214.(3) Upon the making of an order under this section, the

     provisions of Part VI relating to the winding up of a corporation,

     in so far as they are not inconsistent with this Part, apply. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 214.



215.(1) Provisional liquidator appointment



     215.(1) In the case of an insurer incorporated in Ontario,



     .   .   .   .   .



          (b) if its licence is cancelled,



     the Minister may appoint a provisional liquidator who shall take

     charge of the affairs of the company and may direct that it be wound

     up forthwith under this Act. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 215 (1); 1997,

     c. 19, s. 31 (4).



215.(2) Powers



     215.(2) Until a permanent liquidator is appointed, the provisional

     liquidator shall exercise all the powers of the insurer and none of

     the officers or servants of the insurer shall make any contract for,

     incur any liability on behalf of, or expend any money of, the

     insurer without the approval of the provisional liquidator.



215.(3) Petition by provisional liquidator for winding-up order



     215.(3) The provisional liquidator shall petition the court for a

     winding-up order, and, if the court is of the opinion that it is

     just and equitable so to do, it may make an order winding up the

     company and thereupon the provisions of this Act relating to the

     winding up of a corporation, in so far as they are not inconsistent

     with this Part, apply.



215.(4) Sale of business



     215.(4) The provisional liquidator or the liquidator, despite this

     Act, but, subject to the approval of the court, may sell the

     business and undertaking of the company as a going concern. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 215 (2-4).



216.(1) Remuneration of provisional liquidator



     216. 216.(1) The remuneration to be paid to a provisional liquidator

     appointed under subsection 215 (1) shall be fixed by the Minister.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 216 (1).



216.(2) Payment of costs of provisional liquidator



     216.(2) The remuneration and all expenses and outlay in connection

     with the appointment of the provisional liquidator, together with

     all expenses and outlay of the provisional liquidator while the

     provisional liquidator acts in that capacity, shall be borne and

     paid by the insurer and form a first lien or charge upon the assets

     of the insurer. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 216 (2); 1997, c. 19, s. 31

     (5).



216.(3)



     216.(3) Repealed: 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (6).



217.(1) Notice of intention to cease writing insurance or to consider voluntary 

liquidation



     217.(1) When an insurer incorporated under or subject to the law of

     Ontario proposes to cease writing insurance or to call a general

     meeting to consider a resolution for its voluntary liquidation under

     this Act, it shall give at least one month's notice in writing

     thereof to the Superintendent of Financial Services and the

     superintendent of insurance in each province, other than Ontario, in

     which the insurer is licensed. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 217 (1);

     1997, c. 28, s. 50.



217.(2) Notice to Superintendent of voluntary winding up



     217.(2) When an insurer has passed a resolution for voluntary

     winding up, the insurer shall notify the Superintendent thereof and

     of the date on which contracts of insurance will cease to be entered

     into by the insurer and of the name and address of its liquidator.



217.(3) Publication of notice



     217.(3) The notice under subsection (2) shall also be published by

     the insurer in two consecutive issues of The Ontario Gazette and the

     official gazette of each other province in which the insurer is

     licensed and in such newspapers and other publications as the

     Superintendent may require. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 217 (2, 3).



218.(1) Reinsurance



     218.(1) The provisional liquidator or the liquidator, before the

     fixing of a termination date pursuant to section 220, may arrange

     for the reinsurance of the subsisting contracts of insurance of the

     insurer with some other insurer licensed in Ontario. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 218 (1); 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (7).



218.(2) Funds available for reinsurance



     218.(2) For the purpose of securing the reinsurance, the following

     funds shall be available:



          1. The entire assets of the insurer in Ontario except the

          amount reasonably estimated by the provisional liquidator or

          the liquidator as being required to pay,



             (a) the costs of the liquidation or winding up;



             (b) all claims for losses covered by the insurer's contracts

             of insurance of which notice has been received by the

             insurer or provisional liquidator or liquidator before the

             date on which the reinsurance is effected;



             (c) the claims of the preferred creditors who are the

             persons paid in priority to other creditors under the

             winding-up provisions of this Act,



     all of which shall be a first charge on the assets of the insurer.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 218 (2); 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (8, 9).



218.(3)



     218.(3) Repealed: 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (10).



218.(4) Payments to creditors other than preferred creditors



     218.(4) The creditors of the insurer, other than the insured persons

     and the said preferred creditors, are entitled to receive a payment

     on their claims only if provision has been made for the payments

     mentioned in subsection (2) and for the reinsurance. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 218 (4).



218.(5) Reinsurance of part of contracts



     218.(5) If, after providing for the payments mentioned in subsection

     (2), the balance of the assets of the insurer is insufficient to

     secure the reinsurance of the contracts of the insured persons in

     full, the reinsurance may be effected for such portion of the full

     amount of the contracts as is possible. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 218

     (5); 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (11).



218.(6) Approval



     218.(6) No contract of reinsurance shall be entered into under this

     section until it is approved by the court. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     218 (6).



219.



     219. Repealed: 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (12).



220.(1) Termination date, where reinsurance not arranged



     220.(1) If the provisional liquidator or the liquidator fails to

     secure reinsurance, or is of the opinion that it is impracticable or

     inexpedient to arrange for reinsurance, the provisional liquidator

     or the liquidator,



          (a) with the approval of the court and subject to such terms as

          are prescribed by it; and



          (b) for the purpose of securing the payment of existing claims

          and avoiding further losses,



     may publish a notice fixing a termination date for the subsisting

     contracts of insurance of such insurer, and on and after that date

     coverage and protection under the Ontario contracts cease and the

     insurer is not liable under any such contract for a loss that occurs

     after that date.



220.(2) Termination of Ontario contracts, where termination date fixed in

     another province



     220.(2) Where a provisional liquidator or a liquidator has been

     appointed in another province to wind up an insurer incorporated in

     that province, and if such provisional liquidator or liquidator

     fixed a termination date for the contracts of insurance of the

     insurer, on and after that date coverage and protection under the

     Ontario contracts cease and determine and the insurer is not liable

     under any such contract for a loss that occurs after that date.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 220 (1, 2).



220.(3)



     220.(3) Repealed: 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (13).



221. Publication of notice of termination date



     221. The provisional liquidator or the liquidator shall cause the

     notice,



          (a) to be published in The Ontario Gazette and in the official

          gazette of each other province in which the insurer is licensed

          and in such newspapers as the court directs in order to give

          reasonable notice of the termination date so fixed; and



          (b) to be mailed to each policyholder at the policyholder's

          address as shown on the books and records of the company.

          R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 221.



222.(1) Payment of claims for losses and preferred claims, etc.



     222.(1) The liquidator shall pay or set aside from the assets of the

     insurer sums in the liquidator's opinion sufficient to pay,



          (a) the costs of the liquidation or winding up;



          (b) all claims for losses covered by the insurer's contracts of

          insurance that occurred before the termination date fixed under

          section 220 and of which notice has been received by the

          insurer or the liquidator;



          (c) the full amount of the legal reserve in respect of each

          unmatured life insurance contract; and



          (d) the claims of preferred creditors who are the persons paid

          in priority to other creditors under the winding-up provisions

          of this Act. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 222 (1); 1997, c. 19, s.

          31 (14).



222.(2) Refund of unearned premiums



     222.(2) Except in the case of life insurance, the assets remaining

     after payment or making provision for payment of the amounts

     mentioned in subsection (1) shall be used to pay the claims of the

     insured persons for refunds of unearned premiums on a proportionate

     basis in proportion to the periods of their contracts respectively

     unexpired on the termination date. 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (15).



222.(3) Calculation of unearned premium claims



     222.(3) The claims of the insured persons for refunds of unearned

     premiums shall be calculated,



          (a) as at the termination date fixed under section 220 of this

          Act; or



          (b) as at the date the insured person cancelled the contract,



     whichever date is the earlier. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 222 (3);

     1997, c. 19, s. 31 (16).



222.(4) Effect of refund



     222.(4) The refund of all or a portion of the premium does not

     destroy or defeat any other remedy the insured person may have

     against the insurer in respect thereof or for any other cause.



222.(5) Effect of section



     222.(5) Nothing in this section prejudices or affects the priority

     of any mortgage, lien or charge upon the property of the insurer.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 222 (4, 5).



223. Payment of provincial fees and taxes, etc.



     223. The fees, taxes and costs payable by the insurer to each

     province shall be paid out of the assets of the insurer remaining

     after the reinsurance of the subsisting contracts of insurance of

     the insurer or after the payment of the claims of policyholders for

     refund of unearned premiums, as the case may be, and the balance

     shall be distributed among the creditors of the insurer other than

     the insured persons, preferred creditors and the several provinces.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 223.



224.(1) Filing of statements by liquidator



     224.(1) Unless otherwise ordered by the court, within seven days

     after the close of each period of three months and until the affairs

     of the insurer are wound up and the accounts are finally closed, the

     liquidator shall file with the court or other authority appointing

     him and also with the Superintendent detailed schedules, in such

     form as is required, showing,



          (a) receipts and expenditures; and



          (b) assets and liabilities.



224.(2) Production of books, etc., by liquidator



     224.(2) The liquidator, whenever required so to do by the authority

     appointing the liquidator or by the Minister, shall exhibit the

     office books and vouchers and furnish such other information

     respecting the affairs of the insurer as is required.



224.(3) Offence



     224.(3) Every liquidator refusing or neglecting to furnish such

     information is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a

     fine of not less than $50 and not more than $200 and in addition is

     liable to be dismissed or removed. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 224.



225.(1) Distribution of endowment and expectancy funds



     225.(1) Where a fraternal society transacts endowment or expectancy

     insurance and has an endowment fund separate and distinct from its

     life insurance fund, the society may, by resolution duly passed at a

     general meeting, after at least one month's notice of such intended

     resolution, determine that the endowment or expectancy shall be

     discontinued, and that the endowment or expectancy fund shall be

     distributed proportionately among the members then in good standing

     who are contributing to such fund according to the total

     contribution of such member.



225.(2) Procedure



     225.(2) After the resolution has been assented to by the

     Superintendent and filed with the Minister, the executive officers

     may proceed to ascertain the persons intended to rank upon the fund

     and may distribute the fund among those so entitled, and such

     distribution discharges the society and all executive officers

     thereof from all further or other liability in respect of such fund

     and of the endowment or expectancy contracts undertaken by the

     society.



225.(3) Merger of funds



     225.(3) If all the members interested in the endowment or expectancy

     fund are also interested as holders of life insurance contracts, the

     general meeting, instead of determining to distribute the endowment

     or expectancy fund, may determine to convert it into or merge it in

     a life insurance fund, and after the resolution has been assented to

     and filed as provided in subsection (2), the endowment or expectancy

     fund becomes a life insurance fund. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 225.



226.



     226. Repealed: 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (17).



227. Books, etc., as evidence



     227. The books, accounts and documents of an insurer and the entries

     in the books of its officers or liquidators are proof, in the

     absence of evidence to the contrary, of the matters to which they

     relate as between an alleged debtor or contributory and the insurer.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 227.



                                PART VI

                                WINDING UP



228. Definition



     228. In this Part,



       "contributory" means a person who is liable to contribute to the

        property of a corporation in the event of the

        corporation being wound up under this Part. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,

        s. 228.



229. Application



     229. Subject to section 2, this Part applies,



          (a) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or

          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Upper

          Canada;



          (b) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or

          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Canada

          that has its head office and carries on business in Ontario and

          that was incorporated with objects to which the authority of

          the Legislature extends;



          (c) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or

          special Act of the Legislature;



          (d) to every insurer within the meaning of Part V that is

          incorporated under or subject to this Act except where

          inconsistent with Part V,



     but this Part does not apply to a corporation incorporated for the

     construction and working of a railway, incline railway or street

     railway, or to a corporation within the meaning of the Loan and

     Trust Corporations Act except as provided by that Act. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 229.



230.(1) Voluntary winding up



     230.(1) Where the shareholders or members of a corporation by a

     majority of the votes cast at a general meeting called for that

     purpose pass a resolution requiring the corporation to be wound up,

     the corporation may be wound up voluntarily.



230.(2) Appointment of liquidator



     230.(2) At such meeting, the shareholders or members shall appoint

     one or more persons, who may be directors, officers or employees of

     the corporation, as liquidator of the estate and effects of the

     corporation for the purpose of winding up its affairs and

     distributing its property, and may at that or any subsequent general

     meeting fix the liquidator's remuneration and the costs, charges and

     expenses of the winding up. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 230.



231.(1) Publication of notice of winding up



     231.(1) Notice of a resolution requiring the voluntary winding up of

     a corporation shall be filed with the Minister and be published in

     The Ontario Gazette by the corporation within fourteen days after

     the resolution has been passed.



231.(2) Offence



     231.(2) A corporation that fails to comply with subsection (1) is

     guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not

     more than $200 and every director or officer who authorizes, permits

     or acquiesces in such failure is guilty of an offence and on

     conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 231.



232. Inspectors



     232. A corporation being wound up voluntarily may, in general

     meeting, by resolution, delegate to any committee of its

     shareholders or members, contributories or creditors hereinafter

     referred to as inspectors, the power of appointing the liquidator

     and filling any vacancy in the office of liquidator, or may by a

     like resolution enter into any arrangement with its creditors with

     respect to the powers to be exercised by the liquidator and the

     manner in which they are to be exercised. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     232.



233. Vacancy in office of liquidator



     233. If in a voluntary winding up a vacancy occurs in the office of

     liquidator by death, resignation or otherwise, the shareholders or

     members in general meeting may, subject to any arrangement the

     corporation may have entered into with its creditors upon the

     appointment of inspectors, fill such vacancy, and a general meeting

     for that purpose may be convened by the continuing liquidator, if

     any, or by any contributory, and shall be deemed to have been duly

     held if called in the manner prescribed by the by-laws of the

     corporation, or, in default thereof, in the manner prescribed by

     this Act for calling general meetings of the shareholders or members

     of the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 233.



234. Removal of liquidator



     234. The shareholders or members of the corporation may, by a

     majority of the votes cast at a general meeting called for that

     purpose, remove a liquidator appointed under section 230 or 232, and

     in such case shall appoint another liquidator. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,

     s. 234.



235. Commencement of winding up



     235. A voluntary winding up commences at the time of the passing of

     the resolution requiring the winding up. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     235.



236. Corporation to cease business



     236. Where a corporation is being wound up voluntarily, it shall,

     from the date of the commencement of its winding up, cease to carry

     on its undertaking, except in so far as may be required for the

     beneficial winding up thereof, and all transfers of shares, except

     transfers made to or with the sanction of the liquidator, or

     alterations in the status of the shareholders or members of the

     corporation, taking place after the commencement of its winding up,

     are void, but its corporate existence and all its corporate powers,

     even if it is otherwise provided by its instrument of incorporation

     or by-laws, continue until its affairs are wound up. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 236.



237. No proceedings against corporation after voluntary winding up except

     by leave



     237. After the commencement of a voluntary winding up,



          (a) no action or other proceeding shall be commenced against

          the corporation; and



          (b) no attachment, sequestration, distress or execution shall

          be put in force against the estate or effects of the

          corporation,



     except by leave of the court and subject to such terms as the court

     may impose. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 237.



238.(1) Settlement of list of contributories



     238.(1) Upon a voluntary winding up, the liquidator shall settle the

     list of contributories, and any list so settled is proof, in the

     absence of evidence to the contrary, of the liability of the persons

     named therein to be contributories.



238.(2) Payment from contributories



     238.(2) Upon a voluntary winding up, the liquidator may, before

     having ascertained the sufficiency of the property of the

     corporation, call on all or any of the contributories for the time

     being settled on the list of contributories to the extent of their

     liability to pay any sum that the liquidator considers necessary to

     satisfy the liabilities of the corporation and the costs, charges

     and expenses of winding up, and for the adjustment of the rights of

     the contributories among themselves, and the liquidator may, in

     making a call, take into consideration the probability that some of

     the contributories upon whom the call is made may partly or wholly

     fail to pay their respective portions of the call. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 238.



239.(1) Meetings of corporation during winding up



     239.(1) The liquidator may, during the continuance of the voluntary

     winding up, call general meetings of the shareholders or members of

     the corporation for the purpose of obtaining its sanction by

     resolution, or for any other purpose the liquidator thinks fit.



239.(2) Where winding up continues more than one year



     239.(2) In the event of a voluntary winding up continuing for more

     than one year, the liquidator shall call a general meeting of the

     shareholders or members of the corporation at the end of the first

     year and of each succeeding year from the commencement of the

     winding up, and shall lay before the meeting an account showing the

     liquidator's acts and dealings and the manner in which the winding

     up has been conducted during the preceding year. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 239.



240. Arrangements with creditors may be authorized



     240. The liquidator, with the sanction of a resolution of the

     shareholders or members of the corporation passed in general meeting

     or of the inspectors, may make such compromise or other arrangement

     as the liquidator considers expedient with any creditor or person

     claiming to be a creditor or having or alleging to have a claim,

     present or future, certain or contingent, ascertained or sounding

     only in damages, against the corporation or whereby the corporation

     may be rendered liable. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 240.



241. Power to compromise with debtors and contributories



     241. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, compromise all

     calls and liabilities to call, debts and liabilities capable of

     resulting in debts, and all claims, whether present or future,

     certain or contingent, ascertained or sounding only in damages,

     subsisting or supposed to subsist between the corporation and any

     contributory, alleged contributory or other debtor or person

     apprehending liability to the corporation and all questions in any

     way relating to or affecting the property of the corporation, or the

     winding up of the corporation, upon the receipt of such sums payable

     at such times and generally upon such terms as are agreed upon, and

     the liquidator may take any security for the discharge of such

     calls, debts or liabilities and give a complete discharge in respect

     thereof. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 241.



242.(1) Power to accept shares, etc., as consideration for sale of

     property to another company



     242.(1) Where a corporation is proposed to be or is in the course of

     being wound up voluntarily and the whole or a portion of its

     business or property is proposed to be transferred or sold to

     another corporation, the liquidator of the first-mentioned

     corporation, with the sanction of a resolution of the shareholders

     or members passed in general meeting of the corporation by which the

     liquidator was appointed conferring either a general authority on

     the liquidator or an authority in respect of any particular

     arrangement, may receive, in compensation or in part compensation

     for such transfer or sale, cash or shares or other like interest in

     the purchasing corporation for the purpose of distribution among the

     shareholders or members of the corporation that is being wound up in

     the manner set forth in the arrangement, or may, in lieu of

     receiving cash or shares or other like interest, or in addition

     thereto, participate in the profits of or receive any other benefit

     from the purchasing corporation.



242.(2) Confirmation of sale or arrangement



     242.(2) A sale made or arrangement entered into by the liquidator

     under this section is binding on the shareholders or members of the

     corporation that is being wound up voluntarily if,



          (a) in the case of a company, the shareholders or classes of

          shareholders, as the case may be, at a general meeting duly

          called for the purpose, by votes representing at least three-

          fourths of the shares or of each class of shares represented at

          the meeting; or



          (b) in the case of a corporation without share capital, the

          members or classes of members, as the case may be, at a general

          meeting duly called for the purpose, by votes representing at

          least three-fourths of the members or of each class of members

          represented at the meeting,



     approve the sale or arrangement and if the sale or arrangement is

     approved by an order made by the court on the application of the

     corporation.



242.(3) Where resolution not invalid



     242.(3) No resolution shall be deemed invalid for the purposes of

     this section because it was passed before or concurrently with a

     resolution for winding up the corporation or for appointing the

     liquidator. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 242.



243. Winding up by court



     243. A corporation may be wound up by order of the court,



          (a) where the shareholders or members by a majority of the

          votes cast at a general meeting called for that purpose pass a

          resolution authorizing an application to be made to the court

          to wind up the corporation;



          (b) where proceedings have been begun to wind up voluntarily

          and it appears to the court that it is in the interest of

          contributories and creditors that the proceedings should be

          continued under the supervision of the court;



          (c) where it is proved to the satisfaction of the court that

          the corporation, though it may be solvent, cannot by reason of

          its liabilities continue its business and that it is advisable

          to wind it up; or



          (d) where in the opinion of the court it is just and equitable

          for some reason, other than the bankruptcy or insolvency of the

          corporation, that it should be wound up. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,

          s. 243.



244.(1) Who may apply



     244.(1) The winding-up order may be made upon the application of the

     corporation or of a shareholder or of a member or, where the

     corporation is being wound up voluntarily, of the liquidator or of a

     contributory or of a creditor having a claim of $200 or more.



244.(2) Notice



     244.(2) Except where the application is made by the corporation,

     four days notice of the application shall be given to the

     corporation before the making of the application. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 244.



245. Power of court



     245. The court may make the order applied for, may dismiss the

     application with or without costs, may adjourn the hearing

     conditionally or unconditionally or may make any interim or other

     order as is considered just, and upon the making of the order may,

     according to its practice and procedure, refer the proceeding for

     the winding up and may also delegate any powers of the court

     conferred by this Act to any officer of the court. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 245.



246.(1) Appointment of liquidator



     246.(1) The court in making the winding-up order may appoint one or

     more persons as liquidator of the estate and effects of the

     corporation for the purpose of winding up its affairs and

     distributing its property.



246.(2) Remuneration



     246.(2) The court may at any time fix the remuneration of the

     liquidator.



246.(3) Vacancy



     246.(3) If a liquidator appointed by the court dies or resigns or

     the office becomes vacant for any reason, the court may by order

     fill the vacancy.



246.(4) Removal of liquidator



     246.(4) The court may by order remove for cause a liquidator

     appointed by it, and in such case shall appoint another liquidator.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 246.



247. Costs and expenses



     247. The costs, charges and expenses of a winding up by order of the

     court shall be assessed by an assessment officer. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 247.



248. Commencement of winding up



     248. Where a winding-up order is made by the court without prior

     voluntary winding-up proceedings, the winding up shall be deemed to

     commence at the time of service of notice of the application, and,

     where the application is made by the corporation, at the time the

     application is made. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 248.



249. Winding up after order



     249. Where a winding-up order has been made by the court, the

     winding up of the corporation shall be conducted in the same manner

     and with the like consequences as provided for a voluntary winding

     up, except that the list of contributories shall be settled by the

     court unless it has been settled by the liquidator prior to the

     winding-up order, in which case the list is subject to review by the

     court, and except that all steps in the winding up are subject to

     the order and direction of the court. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 249.



250.(1) Meeting of members of company may be ordered



     250.(1) Where a winding-up order has been made by the court, the

     court may direct meetings of the shareholders or members of the

     corporation to be called, held and conducted in such manner as the

     court deems fit for the purpose of ascertaining their wishes, and

     may appoint a person to act as chair of any such meeting and to

     report the result of it to the court.



250.(2) Order for delivery by contributories and others of property, etc.



     250.(2) Where a winding-up order has been made by the court, the

     court may require any contributory for the time being settled on the

     list of contributories, or any trustee, receiver, banker or agent or

     officer of the corporation to pay, deliver, convey, surrender or

     transfer forthwith, or within such time as the court directs, to the

     liquidator any sum or balance, books, papers, estate or effects that

     are in the person's hands and to which the corporation appears to be

     entitled.



250.(3) Inspection of books



     250.(3) Where a winding-up order has been made by the court, the

     court may make an order for the inspection of the books and papers

     of the corporation by its creditors and contributories, and any

     books and papers in the possession of the corporation may be

     inspected in conformity with such order. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     250.



251. No proceedings against corporation after court winding up except by

     leave



     251. After the commencement of a winding up by order of the court,



          (a) no action or other proceeding shall be proceeded with or

          commenced against the corporation; and



          (b) no attachment, sequestration, distress or execution shall

          be put in force against the estate or effects of the

          corporation,



     except by leave of the court and subject to such terms as the court

     may impose. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 251.



252. Application of Ss 253-265, 268



     252. Sections 253 to 265 and 268 apply to corporations being wound

     up voluntarily or by order of the court. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     252.



253.(1) Where no liquidator



     253.(1) If from any cause there is no liquidator, the court may by

     order on the application of a shareholder or member of the

     corporation appoint one or more persons as liquidator.



253.(2) Idem



     253.(2) Where there is no liquidator, the estate and effects of the

     corporation shall be under the control of the court until the

     appointment of a liquidator. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 253.



254.(1) Consequences of winding up



     254.(1) Upon a winding up,



          (a) the liquidator shall apply the property of the corporation

          in satisfaction of all its liabilities proportionately and,

          subject thereto, shall distribute the property rateably among

          the shareholders or members according to their rights and

          interests in the corporation;



          (b) in distributing the property of the corporation, the wages

          of all employees, apprentices and other wage earners in the

          employment of the corporation due at the date of the

          commencement of the winding up or within one month before, not

          exceeding three months wages and for vacation pay accrued for

          not more than twelve months under the Employment Standards Act

          and the regulations thereunder or under a collective agreement

          made by the corporation, shall be paid in priority to the

          claims of the ordinary creditors, and such persons are entitled

          to rank as ordinary creditors for the residue of their claims;



          (c) all the powers of the directors cease upon the appointment

          of a liquidator, except in so far as the liquidator may

          sanction the continuance of such powers. R.S.O. 1990,  c. C.38,

          s. 254 (1); 1993, c. 27, Sched.



254.(2) Distribution of property



     254.(2) Section 53 of the Trustee Act applies with necessary

     modifications to liquidators. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 254 (2).



255. Payment of costs and expenses



     255. The costs, charges and expenses of a winding up, including the

     remuneration of the liquidator, are payable out of the property of

     the corporation in priority to all other claims. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 255.



256.(1) Powers of liquidators



     256.(1) The liquidator may,



          (a) bring or defend any action, suit or prosecution, or other

          legal proceedings, civil or criminal, in the name and on behalf

          of the corporation;



          (b) carry on the business of the corporation so far as is

          necessary for the beneficial winding up of the corporation;



          (c) sell in whole or in parcels the real and personal property,

          effects and things in action of the corporation by public

          auction or private sale;



          (d) do all acts and execute, in the name and on behalf of the

          corporation, all deeds, receipts and other documents, and for

          that purpose use the seal of the corporation;



          (e) draw, accept, make and endorse any bill of exchange or

          promissory note in the name and on behalf of the corporation;



          (f) raise upon the security of the property of the corporation

          any requisite money;



          (g) take out in the liquidator's official name letters of

          administration to the estate of any deceased contributory and

          do in the liquidator's official name any other act that is

          necessary for obtaining payment of any money due from a

          contributory or from a contributory's estate and which act

          cannot be done conveniently in the name of the corporation;



          (h) do and execute all such other things as are necessary for

          winding up the affairs of the corporation and distributing its

          property.



256.(2) Bills of exchange, etc., to be deemed drawn in due course



     256.(2) The drawing, accepting, making or endorsing of a bill of

     exchange or promissory note by the liquidator on behalf of the

     corporation has the same effect with respect to the liability of the

     corporation as if such bill or note had been drawn, accepted, made

     or endorsed by or on behalf of the corporation in the course of

     carrying on its business.



256.(3) Where money deemed to be due to liquidator



     256.(3) Where the liquidator takes out letters of administration or

     otherwise uses the liquidator's official name for obtaining payment

     of any money due from a contributory, such money shall be deemed,

     for the purpose of enabling the liquidator to take out such letters

     or recover such money, to be due to the liquidator personally.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 256.



257. Nature of liability of contributory



     257. The liability of a contributory creates a debt accruing due

     from the contributory at the time the liability commenced, but

     payable at the time or respective times when calls are made for

     enforcing such liability. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 257.



258. Who liable in case of death



     258. If a contributory dies before or after he or she has been

     placed on the list of contributories, the contributory's legal

     representatives are liable in due course of administration to

     contribute to the property of the corporation in discharge of the

     liability of such deceased contributory and shall be contributories

     accordingly. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 258.



259.(1) Deposit in bank by liquidator



     259.(1) The liquidator shall deposit in Ontario in a bank listed in

     Schedule I or II of the Bank Act (Canada) all sums of money that the

     liquidator has belonging to the corporation if such sums amount to

     $100 or more.



259.(2) Approval of bank by inspectors



     259.(2) If inspectors have been appointed, the bank shall be one

     approved by them.



259.(3) Separate deposit account to be kept; withdrawal from account



     259.(3) Such deposit shall not be made in the name of the liquidator

     individually, but a separate deposit account shall be kept of the

     money belonging to the corporation in the liquidator's name as

     liquidator of the corporation and in the name of the inspectors, if

     any, and such money shall be withdrawn only on the joint cheque of

     the liquidator and one of the inspectors, if any.



259.(4) Liquidators to produce bank pass-book



     259.(4) At every meeting of the shareholders or members of the

     corporation the liquidator shall produce a passbook or statement of

     account showing the amount of the deposits, the dates at which they

     were made, the amounts withdrawn and the dates of withdrawal, and

     mention of such production shall be made in the minutes of the

     meeting, and the absence of such mention is admissible in evidence

     as proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, that the pass-

     book or statement of account was not produced at the meeting.



259.(5) Idem



     259.(5) The liquidator shall also produce the passbook or statement

     of account whenever so ordered by the court upon the application of

     the inspectors, if any, or of a shareholder or member of the

     corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 259.



260. Proving claim



     260. For the purpose of proving claims, sections 25, 26 and 27 of

     the Assignments and Preferences Act apply with necessary

     modifications, except that, where the word "judge" is used therein,

     the word "court" as used in this Act shall be substituted. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 260.



261. Application or motion for direction



     261. Upon the application or motion of the liquidator or of the

     inspectors, if any, or of any creditors, the court, after hearing

     such parties as it directs to be notified or after such steps as it

     prescribes have been taken, may by order give its direction in any

     matter arising in the winding up. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 261.



262.(1) Examination of persons as to estate



     262.(1) The court may at any time after the commencement of the

     winding up summon to appear before the court or liquidator any

     director or officer of the corporation or any other person known or

     suspected to possess any of the estate or effects of the

     corporation, or alleged to be indebted to it, or any person whom the

     court considers capable of giving information concerning its trade,

     dealings, estate or effects.



262.(2) Damages against delinquent directors, etc.



     262.(2) Where in the course of the winding up it appears that a

     person who has taken part in the formation or promotion of the

     corporation or that a past or present director or officer, employee,

     liquidator or receiver of the corporation has misapplied or retained

     in the person's own hands, or become liable or accountable for,

     money of the corporation, or has committed any misfeasance or breach

     of trust in relation to it, the court may, on the application or

     motion of the liquidator or of any creditor or contributory, examine

     into the conduct of such person and order the person to repay the

     money so misapplied or retained, or for which the person has become

     liable or accountable, together with interest at such rate as the

     court considers just, or to contribute such sum to the property of

     the corporation by way of compensation in respect of such

     misapplication, retention, misfeasance or breach of trust as the

     court considers just. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 262.



263.(1) Proceedings by shareholders



     263.(1) If a shareholder or member of the corporation desires to

     cause any proceeding to be taken that, in the shareholder's or

     member's opinion, would be for the benefit of the corporation, and

     the liquidator, under the authority of the shareholders or members,

     or of the inspectors, if any, refuses or neglects to take such

     proceeding after being required so to do, the shareholder or member

     may obtain an order of the court authorizing the shareholder or

     member to take such proceeding in the name of the liquidator or

     corporation, but at the shareholder's or member's own expense and

     risk, upon such terms and conditions as to indemnity to the

     liquidator or corporation as the court prescribes.



263.(2) Benefits, when for shareholders



     263.(2) Thereupon any benefit derived from such proceeding belongs

     exclusively to the shareholder or member instituting the proceeding

     for that person's benefit and that of any other shareholder or

     member who has joined the shareholder or member in causing the

     institution of the proceeding.



263.(3) When for corporation



     263.(3) If before such order is granted, the liquidator signifies to

     the court the liquidator's readiness to institute such proceeding

     for the benefit of the corporation, an order shall be made

     prescribing the time within which the liquidator is to do so, and in

     that case the advantage derived from the proceeding, if instituted

     within such time, belongs to the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,

     s. 263.



264. Rights conferred by Act to be in addition to other powers



     264. The rights conferred by this Act are in addition to any other

     right of instituting proceedings against any contributory, or

     against any debtor of the corporation, for the recovery of any call

     or other sum due from such contributory or debtor or such person's

     estate. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 264.



265. Stay of winding-up proceedings



     265. At any time during a winding up, the court, upon the

     application or motion of a shareholder or member or creditor or

     contributory and upon proof to its satisfaction that all proceedings

     in relation to the winding up ought to be stayed, may make an order

     staying the proceedings altogether or for a limited time on such

     terms and subject to such conditions as the court considers fit.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 265.



266.(1) Account of voluntary winding up to be made by liquidator to a

     general meeting



     266.(1) Where the affairs of the corporation have been fully wound

     up voluntarily, the liquidator shall make up an account showing the

     manner in which the winding up has been conducted, and the property

     of the corporation disposed of, and thereupon shall call a general

     meeting of the shareholders or members of the corporation for the

     purpose of having the account laid before them and hearing any

     explanation that may be given by the liquidator, and the meeting

     shall be called in the manner provided by the by-laws for calling

     general meetings.



266.(2) Notice of holding of meeting



     266.(2) The liquidator shall within ten days after the holding of

     the meeting file a notice with the Minister stating that the meeting

     was held and the date thereof.



266.(3) Dissolution



     266.(3) On the expiration of three months from the date of the

     filing of the notice, the corporation is dissolved.



266.(4) Extension



     266.(4) At any time during the three-month period mentioned in

     subsection (3), the court may, on the application of the liquidator

     or any other person interested, make an order deferring the date on

     which the dissolution of the corporation is to take effect to a date

     fixed in the order, and in such event the corporation is dissolved

     on the date so fixed.



266.(5) Copy of extension order to be filed



     266.(5) The person on whose application the order was made shall

     within ten days after it was made file with the Minister a copy of

     it certified under the seal of the court.



266.(6) Offence



     266.(6) A person who fails to comply with any requirement of this

     section is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a

     fine of not more than $200. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 266.



267.(1) Order for dissolution



     267.(1) Despite section 266, in the case of a voluntary winding up

     or in the case of a winding up by order of the court, the court at

     any time after the affairs of the corporation have been fully wound

     up may, upon the application or motion of the liquidator or any

     other person interested, make an order dissolving it, and it is

     dissolved at and from the date of the order.



267.(2) Copy of dissolution order to be filed



     267.(2) The person on whose application the order was made shall

     within ten days after it was made file with the Minister a copy of

     it certified under the seal of the court.



267.(3) Offence



     267.(3) A person who fails to comply with any requirement of this

     section is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a

     fine of not more than $200. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 267.



268.(1) Where shareholder unknown



     268.(1) Where the liquidator is unable to distribute rateably the

     property of the corporation among the shareholders or members

     because a shareholder or member is unknown or the person's

     whereabouts is unknown, the share of the property of the corporation

     of such shareholder or member may, by agreement with the Public

     Trustee, be delivered or conveyed by the liquidator to the Public

     Trustee to be held in trust for the shareholder or member, and

     thereupon subsections 319 (5) and (6) apply thereto.



268.(2) Idem



     268.(2) A delivery or conveyance under subsection (1) shall be

     deemed to be a rateable distribution among the shareholders or

     members for the purposes of clause 254 (1) (a).



268.(3) Where creditor unknown



     268.(3) Where the liquidator is unable to pay all the debts of the

     corporation because a creditor is unknown or the creditor's

     whereabouts is unknown, the liquidator may, by agreement with the

     Public Trustee, pay to the Public Trustee an amount equal to the

     amount of the debt due to the creditor to be held in trust for the

     creditor and thereupon subsections 319 (5) and (6) apply thereto.



268.(4) Idem



     268.(4) A payment under subsection (3) shall be deemed to be in

     satisfaction of the debt for the purposes of clause 254 (1) (a).

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 268.



269.(1) Disposal of books, etc., after winding up



     269.(1) Where a corporation has been wound up under this Act and is

     about to be dissolved, its books, accounts and documents and those

     of the liquidator may be disposed of as it by resolution directs in

     case of voluntary winding up, or as the court directs in case of

     winding up under order.



269.(2) Where responsibility as to custody of books, etc., to cease



     269.(2) After the lapse of five years from the date of the

     dissolution of the corporation, no responsibility rests on it or the

     liquidator, or anyone to whom the custody of such books, accounts

     and documents has been committed by reason that the same or any of

     them are not forthcoming to any person claiming to be interested

     therein. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 269.



270.(1) Provision for discharge of liquidator and distribution by the court



     270.(1) Where a corporation is being wound up under an order of the

     court and the realization and distribution of its property has

     proceeded so far that in the opinion of the court it is expedient

     that the liquidator should be discharged and that the property of

     the corporation remaining in the liquidator's hands can be better

     realized and distributed by the court, the court may make an order

     discharging the liquidator and for payment, delivery and transfer

     into court, or to such officer or person as the court may direct, of

     such property, and it shall be realized and distributed by or under

     the direction of the court among the persons entitled thereto in the

     same way as nearly as may be as if the distribution were being made

     by the liquidator.



270.(2) Disposal of books and documents



     270.(2) In such case, the court may make an order directing how the

     books, accounts and documents of the corporation and of the

     liquidator are to be disposed of, and may order that they be

     deposited in court or otherwise dealt with as it thinks fit. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 270.



271. Rules of procedure



     271. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make rules for the due

     carrying out of this Part, and, except as otherwise provided by this

     Act or by such rules, the practice and procedure in a winding up

     under the Winding-up Act (Canada) apply. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     271.



                          PART VII

                          CORPORATIONS, GENERAL



272. Application



     272. Subject to section 2, this Part, except where it is otherwise

     expressly provided, applies,



          (a) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or

          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Upper

          Canada;



          (b) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or

          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Canada

          that has its head office and carries on business in Ontario and

          that was incorporated with objects to which the authority of

          the Legislature extends; and



          (c) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or

          special Act of the Legislature,



     but this Part does not apply to a corporation incorporated for the

     construction and working of a railway, incline railway or street

     railway, or to a corporation within the meaning of the Loan and

     Trust Corporations Act except as provided by that Act. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 272.



273. Incorporation subject to trusts



     273. A corporation is, upon its incorporation, invested with all the

     property and rights, real and personal, theretofore held by or for

     it under any trust created with a view to its incorporation. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 273.



274. General corporate powers



     274. A corporation, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Act

     or instrument creating it, has and shall be deemed to have had from

     its creation the capacity of a natural person and may exercise its

     powers beyond the boundaries of Ontario to the extent to which the

     laws in force where the powers are sought to be exercised permit,

     and may accept extra-provincial powers and rights. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 274.



275. Incidental powers



     275. A corporation has power,



          (a) to construct, maintain and alter any buildings or works

          necessary or convenient for its objects;



          (b) to acquire by purchase, lease or otherwise and to hold any

          land or interest therein. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 275; 1994,

          c. 27, s. 78 (8).



276.



     276. REPEALED: 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (9).



277.(1) Head office



     277.(1) Subject to subsection (2), a corporation shall at all times

     have its head office in the place in Ontario where the letters

     patent provide that the head office is to be situate.



277.(2) Change of head office



     277.(2) A corporation may by special resolution change the location

     of its head office to another place in Ontario.



277.(3) Where municipality annexed or amalgamated



     277.(3) Where the location of the head office of a corporation is

     changed by reason only of the annexation or amalgamation of the

     place in which the head office is situate to or with another

     municipality, such change does not constitute and has never

     constituted a change within the meaning of subsection (2). R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 277 (1-3).



277.(4)



     277.(4) , (5) Repealed: 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 72.



278.



     278. REPEALED: 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (9).



279. Seal



     279. A corporation may, but need not, have a corporate seal. 1998,

     c. 18, Sched. E, s. 73.



280.(1) Contracts in writing under seal



     280.(1) A contract that if made between individual persons would be

     by law required to be in writing and under seal may be made on

     behalf of a corporation in writing under the seal of the

     corporation.



280.(2) Contracts in writing not under seal



     280.(2) A contract that if made between individual persons would be

     by law required to be in writing signed by the parties to be charged

     therewith may be made on behalf of a corporation in writing signed

     by any person acting under its authority, express or implied.



280.(3) Parol contracts



     280.(3) A contract that if made between individual persons would be

     by law valid although made by parol only and not reduced into

     writing may be made by parol on behalf of a corporation by any

     person acting under its authority, express or implied. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 280.



281. Power of attorney by corporation



     281. A corporation may, by writing under seal, empower any person,

     either generally or in respect of any specified matters, as its

     attorney to execute on its behalf deeds to which it is a party in

     any capacity in any place situate in or outside Ontario, and every

     deed signed by such attorney on behalf of the corporation and under

     the attorney's seal binds the corporation and has the same effect as

     if it were under the seal of the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,

     s. 281.



282. Authentication of documents, etc.



     282. A document requiring authentication by a corporation may be

     signed by any director or by any authorized person and need not be

     under seal. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 282.



283.(1) Directors



     283.(1) The affairs of every corporation shall be managed by a board

     of directors howsoever designated.



283.(2) Number



     283.(2) The board of directors of a corporation shall consist of a

     fixed number of directors not fewer than three. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 283 (1, 2).



283.(3) Conduct of business



     283.(3) Subject to subsection 298 (1) and subsection (3.1), no

     business of a corporation shall be transacted by its directors

     except at a meeting of directors at which a quorum of the board is

     present. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 283 (3); 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s.

     74 (1).



283.(3.1) Means of meetings



     283.(3.1) Unless the by-laws otherwise provide, if all the directors

     of a corporation present at or participating in the meeting consent,

     a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors may be held by

     such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as

     permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with

     each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and a director

     participating in the meeting by those means is deemed for the

     purposes of this Act to be present at the meeting. 1998, c. 18,

     Sched. E, s. 74 (2).



283.(4) Idem



     283.(4) Where there is a vacancy or vacancies in the board of

     directors, the remaining directors may exercise all the powers of

     the board so long as a quorum of the board remains in office. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 283 (4).



283.(5) Purchase of liability insurance



     283.(5) Subject to subsection (6), a corporation may purchase and

     maintain insurance for a director or officer of the corporation

     against any liability incurred by the director or officer, in the

     capacity as a director or officer of the corporation, except where

     the liability relates to the person's failure to act honestly and in

     good faith with a view to the best interests of the corporation.



283.(6) Charitable corporation



     283.(6) A corporation referred to in subsection 1 (2) of the

     Charities Accounting Act may not purchase insurance described in

     subsection (5) unless,



          (a) the corporation complies with the Charities Accounting Act

          or a regulation made under that Act that permits the purchase;

          or



          (b) the corporation or a director or officer of the corporation

          obtains a court order authorizing the purchase. 1998, c. 18,

          Sched. E, s. 74 (2).



284.(1) First directors



     284.(1) The persons named as first directors in the Act or

     instrument creating the corporation are the directors of the

     corporation until replaced by the same number of others duly elected

     or appointed in their stead.



284.(2) Idem



     284.(2) The first directors of the corporation have all the powers

     and duties and are subject to all the liabilities of directors.



284.(3) Definition



     284.(3) In the case of corporations incorporated before the 30th day

     of April, 1954, "first directors" in this section means provisional

     directors. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 284.



285.(1) Change in number of directors



     285.(1) A corporation may by special resolution increase or decrease

     the number of its directors. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 285 (1).



285.(2)



     285.(2) , (3) Repealed: 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 75.



286.(1) Qualification of directors, must be shareholders



     286.(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), no person shall be a

     director of a corporation unless he or she is a shareholder or

     member of the corporation, and, if the person ceases to be a

     shareholder or member, he or she thereupon ceases to be a director.



286.(2) Exception



     286.(2) A person may be a director of a corporation if he or she

     becomes a shareholder or member of the corporation within ten days

     after his or her election or appointment as a director, but, if the

     person fails to become a shareholder or member within such ten days,

     the person thereupon ceases to be a director and shall not be 

     re-elected or reappointed unless he or she is a shareholder or member

     of the corporation.



286.(3) Exception, hospitals and stock exchanges



     286.(3) A corporation,



          (a) operating a hospital within the meaning of the Public

          Hospitals Act; or



          (b) operating a recognized stock exchange,



     may by by-law provide that a person may, with his or her consent in

     writing, be a director of the corporation even though the person is

     not a shareholder or member of the corporation.



286.(4) Age



     286.(4) A director shall be eighteen or more years of age.



286.(5) Bankrupts



     286.(5) No undischarged bankrupt shall be a director, and, if a

     director becomes a bankrupt, he or she thereupon ceases to be a

     director. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 286.



287.(1) Election of directors



     287.(1) The directors shall be elected by the shareholders or

     members in general meeting and the election shall be by ballot or in

     such other manner as the by-laws of the corporation prescribe.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 287 (1).



287.(2) Idem



     287.(2) Unless the by-laws otherwise provide, the election of

     directors shall take place yearly and all the directors then in

     office shall retire, but, if qualified, are eligible for re-

     election. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 287 (2); 1998, c. 18, Sched. E,

     s. 76 (1).



287.(3) Exception



     287.(3) Subsection (2) does not affect the operation of any by-law

     passed before the 30th day of April, 1954, that provides that the

     election of directors shall take place otherwise than yearly.



287.(4) Continuance in office



     287.(4) If an election of directors is not held at the proper time,

     the directors continue in office until their successors are elected.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 287 (3, 4).



287.(5) Rotation of directors



     287.(5) The by-laws may provide for the election and retirement of

     directors in rotation, but in that case no director shall be elected

     for a term of more than five years and at least three directors

     shall retire from office in each year. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 287

     (5); 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 76 (2).



288.(1) Quorum of directors



     288.(1) Unless the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or a

     special resolution otherwise provides, a majority of the board of

     directors constitutes a quorum, but in no case shall a quorum be

     less than two-fifths of the board of directors.



288.(2) Vacancies



     288.(2) As long as there is a quorum of directors in office, any

     vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be filled for the

     remainder of the term by the directors then in office.



288.(3) Idem



     288.(3) Whenever there is not a quorum of directors in office, the

     director or directors then in office shall forthwith call a general

     meeting of the shareholders or members to fill the vacancies, and,

     in default or if there are no directors then in office, the meeting

     may be called by any shareholder or member. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     288.



289.(1) President



     289.(1) The directors shall elect a president from among themselves.



289.(2) Other officers



     289.(2) The directors shall appoint a secretary and may appoint one

     or more vice-presidents and other officers.



289.(3) Corporations without share capital



     289.(3) Despite subsections (1) and (2), in the case of a

     corporation without share capital, if the letters patent,

     supplementary letters patent or by-laws so provide, the officers of

     the corporation or any of them may be elected or appointed at a

     general meeting of the members duly called for that purpose.



289.(4) Acting secretary



     289.(4) If the office of secretary is vacant or if for any reason

     the secretary is unable to act, anything required or authorized to

     be done by the secretary may be done by an assistant secretary or,

     if there is no assistant secretary able to act, by any other officer

     of the corporation authorized generally or specifically in that

     behalf by the directors. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 289.



290. Chair of the board



     290. A corporation may by special resolution provide for the

     election by the directors from among themselves of a chair of the

     board of directors and define his or her duties, and may assign to

     the chair of the board of directors any or all of the duties of the

     president or other officer of the corporation, and in that case the

     special resolution shall fix and prescribe the duties of the

     president. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 290.



291.(1) Qualification of officers



     291.(1) Except in the case of the president and the chair of the

     board of directors, no officer of the corporation need be a director

     or a shareholder or member of the corporation unless the by-laws so

     provide.



291.(2) Application of subs. (1)



     291.(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a corporation operating a

     recognized stock exchange. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 291.



292. Validity of acts of directors, etc.



     292. The acts of a director or of an officer are valid despite any

     defect that may afterwards be discovered in his or her appointment

     or qualification. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 292.



293. Annual meetings



     293. A corporation shall hold an annual meeting of its shareholders

     or members not later than eighteen months after its incorporation

     and subsequently not more than fifteen months after the holding of

     the last preceding annual meeting. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 293.



294. General meetings



     294. The directors may at any time call a general meeting of the

     shareholders or members for the transaction of any business, the

     general nature of which is specified in the notice calling the

     meeting. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 294.



295.(1) Requisition for meeting



     295.(1) Shareholders of a company holding not less than one-tenth of

     the issued shares of the company that carry the right to vote at the

     meeting proposed to be held, or not less than one-tenth of the

     members of a corporation without share capital entitled to vote at

     the meeting proposed to be held, as the case may be, may request the

     directors to call a general meeting of the shareholders or members

     for any purpose connected with the affairs of the corporation that

     is not inconsistent with this Act.



295.(2) Requisition



     295.(2) The requisition shall state the general nature of the

     business to be presented at the meeting and shall be signed by the

     requisitionists and deposited at the head office of the corporation

     and may consist of several documents in like form signed by one or

     more requisitionists.



295.(3) Duty of directors to call meeting



     295.(3) Upon deposit of the requisition, the directors shall call

     forthwith a general meeting of the shareholders or members for the

     transaction of the business stated in the requisition.



295.(4) Where requisitionists may call meeting



     295.(4) If the directors do not within twenty-one days from the date

     of the deposit of the requisition call and hold such meeting, any of

     the requisitionists may call such meeting which shall be held within

     sixty days from the date of the deposit of the requisition.



295.(5) Calling of meeting



     295.(5) A meeting called under this section shall be called as

     nearly as possible in the same manner as meetings of shareholders or

     members are called under the by-laws, but, if the by-laws provide

     for more than twenty-one days notice of meetings, twenty-one days

     notice is sufficient for the calling of such meeting.



295.(6) Repayment of expenses



     295.(6) Any reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionists by

     reason of the failure of the directors to call such meeting shall be

     repaid to the requisitionists by the corporation and any amount so

     repaid shall be retained by the corporation out of any money due or

     to become due from the corporation by way of fees or other

     remuneration in respect of their services to such of the directors

     as were in default, unless at such meeting the shareholders or

     members by a majority of the votes cast reject the repayment to the

     requisitionists. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 295.



296.(1) Circulation of shareholders' resolutions, etc.



     296.(1) On the requisition in writing of shareholders of a company

     holding not less than one-twentieth of the issued shares of the

     company that carry the right to vote at the meeting to which the

     requisition relates or not less than one-twentieth of the members of

     a corporation without share capital entitled to vote at the meeting

     to which the requisition relates, as the case may be, the directors

     shall,



          (a) give to the shareholders or members entitled to notice of

          the next meeting of shareholders or members notice of any

          resolution that may properly be moved and is intended to be

          moved at that meeting; or



          (b) circulate to the shareholders or members entitled to vote

          at the next meeting of shareholders or members a statement of

          not more than 1,000 words with respect to the matter referred

          to in any proposed resolution or with respect to the business

          to be dealt with at that meeting.



296.(2) Notice



     296.(2) The notice or statement or both, as the case may be, shall

     be given or circulated by sending a copy thereof to each shareholder

     or member entitled thereto in the same manner and at the same time

     as that prescribed by this Act for the sending of notice of meetings

     of shareholders or members.



296.(3) Idem



     296.(3) Where it is not practicable to send the notice or statement

     or both at the same time as the notice of the meeting is sent, the

     notice or statement or both shall be sent as soon as practicable

     thereafter.



296.(4) Deposit of requisition, etc.



     296.(4) The directors are not bound under this section to give

     notice of any resolution or to circulate any statement unless,



          (a) the requisition, signed by the requisitionists, is

          deposited at the head office of the corporation,



             (i)in the case of a requisition requiring notice of a

             resolution to be given, not less than ten days before the

             meeting,



             (ii)in the case of a requisition requiring a statement to be

             circulated, not less than seven days before the meeting; and



          (b) there is deposited with the requisition a sum reasonably

          sufficient to meet the corporation's expenses in giving effect

          thereto.



296.(5) Where directors not bound to circulate statement



     296.(5) The directors are not bound under this section to circulate

     any statement if, on the application of the corporation or any other

     person who claims to be aggrieved, the court is satisfied that the

     rights conferred by this section are being abused to secure needless

     publicity for defamatory matter, and on any such application the

     court may order the costs of the corporation to be paid in whole or

     in part by the requisitionists even though they are not parties to

     the application.



296.(6) Where no liability



     296.(6) A corporation and a director, officer, employee or person

     acting on its behalf, except a requisitionist, is not liable in

     damages or otherwise by reason only of the circulation of a notice

     or statement or both in compliance with this section.



296.(7) Duty to deal with requisitioned matter



     296.(7) Despite anything in the by-laws of the corporation, where

     the requisitionists have complied with this section, the resolution,

     if any, mentioned in the requisition shall be dealt with at the

     meeting to which the requisition relates.



296.(8) Repayment of expenses



     296.(8) The sum deposited under clause (4) (b) shall be repaid to

     the requisitionists by the corporation unless at the meeting to

     which the requisition relates the shareholders or members by a

     majority of the votes cast reject the repayment to the

     requisitionists.



296.(9) Offence



     296.(9) A director of a corporation who authorizes, permits or

     acquiesces in any contravention of any requirement of this section

     is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not

     more than $200. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 296.



297. Court may direct method of holding meetings



     297. If for any reason it is impracticable to call a meeting of

     shareholders or members of the corporation in any manner in which

     meetings of shareholders or members may be called or to conduct the

     meeting in the manner prescribed by this Act, the letters patent,

     supplementary letters patent or by-laws, the court may, on the

     application of a director or a shareholder or member who would be

     entitled to vote at the meeting, order a meeting to be called, held

     and conducted in such manner as the court thinks fit, and any

     meeting called, held and conducted in accordance with such an order

     shall for all purposes be deemed to be a meeting of shareholders or

     members of the corporation duly called, held and conducted. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 297.



298.(1) By-laws and resolutions



     298.(1) Any by-law or resolution signed by all the directors is as

     valid and effective as if passed at a meeting of the directors duly

     called, constituted and held for that purpose. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,

     s. 298 (1); 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 77 (1).



298.(2) Idem



     298.(2) Any resolution signed by all the shareholders or members is

     as valid and effective as if passed at a meeting of the shareholders

     or members duly called, constituted and held for that purpose.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 298 (2); 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 77 (2).



298.(3) Alternative method of confirming by-laws



     298.(3) Any by-law passed at any time during a corporation's

     existence may, in lieu of confirmation at a general meeting, be

     confirmed in writing by all the shareholders or members entitled to

     vote at such meeting.



298.(4) Evidentiary value of signatures



     298.(4) Where a by-law or resolution purports to have been passed or

     confirmed under this section by the signatures of all the directors,

     shareholders or members, as the case may be, of the corporation, the

     signatures to such by-law or resolution are admissible in evidence

     as proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of the

     signatures of all the directors, shareholders or members, as the

     case may be, and are admissible in evidence as proof, in the absence

     of evidence to the contrary, that the signatories to the by-law or

     resolution were all the directors, shareholders or members, as the

     case may be, at the date that the by-law or resolution purports so

     to have been passed or confirmed. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 298 (3, 4).



299.(1) Minute books



     299.(1) A corporation shall cause minutes of all proceedings at

     meetings of the shareholders or members and of the directors and of

     any executive committee to be entered in books kept for that

     purpose.



299.(2) Evidence



     299.(2) Any such minutes, if purporting to be signed by the chair of

     the meeting at which the proceedings were had or by the chair of the

     next succeeding meeting, are admissible in evidence as proof, in the

     absence of evidence to the contrary, of the proceedings.



299.(3) Validity



     299.(3) Where minutes in accordance with this section have been made

     of the proceedings of a meeting of the shareholders or members or of

     the directors or any executive committee, then, until the contrary

     is proved, the meeting shall be deemed to have been duly called,

     constituted and held and all proceedings had thereat to have been

     duly had and all appointments of directors, officers or liquidators

     made thereat shall be deemed to have been duly made. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 299.



300. Documents and registers



     300. A corporation shall cause the following documents and registers

     to be kept:



          1. A copy of the letters patent and of any supplementary

          letters patent issued to the corporation and of the memorandum

          of agreement, if any, or, if incorporated by special Act, a

          copy of the Act.



          2. All by-laws and special resolutions of the corporation.



          3. A register of shareholders or members in which are set out

          the names alphabetically arranged of all persons who are

          shareholders or members or have been within ten years

          shareholders or members of the corporation and the address of

          every such person while a shareholder or member and, in the

          case of a company, in which are set out also the number and

          class of shares held by each shareholder and the amounts paid

          up and remaining unpaid on their respective shares.



          4. A register of directors in which are set out the names,

          addresses and callings of all persons who are or have been

          directors of the corporation with the several dates on which

          each became or ceased to be a director. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,

          s. 300.



301. Documents evidence



     301. The documents and registers mentioned in sections 41 and 300

     are admissible in evidence as proof, in the absence of evidence to

     the contrary, before and after dissolution of the corporation, of

     all facts purporting to be stated therein. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 301.



302. Books of account



     302. A corporation shall cause to be kept proper books of account

     and accounting records with respect to all financial and other

     transactions of the corporation and, without derogating from the

     generality of the foregoing, records of,



          (a) all sums of money received and disbursed by the corporation

          and the matters with respect to which receipt and disbursement

          took place;



          (b) all sales and purchases of the corporation;



          (c) the assets and liabilities of the corporation; and



          (d) all other transactions affecting the financial position of

          the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 302.



303. Untrue entries



     303. A director, officer or employee of a corporation who makes or

     assists in making any entry in the minutes of proceedings mentioned

     in section 299, in the documents and registers mentioned in sections

     41 and 300 or in the books of account or accounting records

     mentioned in section 302, knowing it to be untrue, is guilty of an

     offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than

     $1,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more than three months,

     or both. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 303.



304.(1) Records to be kept at head office



     304.(1) The minutes of proceedings mentioned in section 299, the

     documents and registers mentioned in sections 41 and 300 and the

     books of account and accounting records mentioned in section 302

     shall, during the normal business hours of the corporation, be open

     to inspection by any director and shall, except as provided in

     section 43 and in subsections (2) and (3) of this section, be kept

     at the head office of the corporation.



304.(2) Records of account at branch



     304.(2) A corporation may keep at any place where it carries on

     business such parts of the accounting records as relate to the

     operations and assets and liabilities thereof or to such business of

     the corporation as was carried on or supervised or accounted for at

     such place, but there shall be kept at the head office of the

     corporation or such other place as is authorized under subsection

     (3) such records as will enable the directors to ascertain quarterly

     with reasonable accuracy the financial position of the corporation.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 304 (1, 2).



304.(3)Exemption



     304.(3) A corporation may keep any of the records mentioned in

     subsection (1) at a place other than the head office of the

     corporation if the records are available for inspection during

     regular office hours at the head office by means of a computer

     terminal or other electronic technology. 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s.78.



304.(4) Offence



     304.(4) A director, officer or employee of a corporation who

     contravenes subsection (1) is guilty of an offence and on conviction

     is liable to a fine of not more than $200.



304.(5) Rescission of orders made under subs. (3)



     304.(5) The Minister may by order upon such terms as the Minister

     sees fit rescind any order made under subsection (3) or any order

     made by the Lieutenant Governor in Council under a predecessor of

     that subsection. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 304 (4, 5).



305.(1) Records to be open for inspection



     305.(1) The minutes of proceedings at meetings of shareholders or

     members mentioned in section 299 and the documents and registers

     mentioned in sections 41 and 300, during the normal business hours

     of the corporation, shall, at the place or places where they are

     kept, be open to inspection by the shareholders or members and

     creditors of the corporation or their agents or legal

     representatives, and any of them may make extracts therefrom.



305.(2) Offence



     305.(2) Every person who refuses to permit a person entitled thereto

     to inspect such minutes, documents or registers, or to make extracts

     therefrom, is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a

     fine of not more than $200. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 305.



306.(1) List of shareholders



     306.(1) No shareholder or member or creditor or the agent or legal

     representative of any of them shall make or cause to be made a list

     of all or any of the shareholders or members of the corporation,

     unless the person has filed with the corporation or its agent an

     affidavit of such shareholder, member or creditor in the following

     form in English or French, and, where the shareholder, member or

     creditor is a corporation, the affidavit shall be made by the

     president or other officer authorized by resolution of the board of

     directors of such corporation:



                                 Form of Affidavit



     Province of Ontario In the matter of



     County of(Insert name of corporation)



        I, ......................... of the .................. of

        ..................... in the ..................................

        of ....................................... make oath and say (or

        affirm):



        1. I am a shareholder ( or member or creditor) of the above-named

        corporation. ( Where the shareholder, member or creditor is a

        corporation, indicate office and authority of deponent in

        paragraph 1.)



        2. I am applying to make a list of the shareholders ( or members)

        of the above-named corporation.



        3. I require the list of shareholders ( or members) only for

        purposes connected with the above-named corporation.



        4. The list of shareholders ( or members) and the information

        contained therein will be used only for purposes connected with

        the above-named corporation.



        SWORN, etc.



306.(2) Offence



     306.(2) Every person, other than a corporation or its agent, who

     uses a list of all or any of the shareholders or members of the

     corporation for the purpose of delivering or sending to all or any

     of such shareholders or members advertising or other printed matter

     relating to shares or securities, other than the shares or

     securities of the corporation, or for purposes not connected with

     the corporation is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable

     to a fine of not more than $1,000.



306.(3) Purposes connected with the corporation, defined



     306.(3) Purposes connected with the corporation include any effort

     to influence the voting of shareholders or members at any meeting of

     the corporation and include the acquisition or offering of shares to

     acquire control or to effect an amalgamation or reorganization and

     any other purpose approved by the Minister. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     306.



307.(1) Where list of shareholders to be furnished



     307.(1) Any person, upon payment of a reasonable charge therefor and

     upon filing with the corporation or its agent the affidavit referred

     to in subsection (2), may require a corporation, other than a

     private company, or its transfer agent to furnish within ten days

     from the filing of such affidavit a list setting out the names

     alphabetically arranged of all persons who are shareholders or

     members of the corporation, the number of shares owned by each such

     person and the address of each such person as shown on the books of

     the corporation made up to a date not more than ten days prior to

     the date of filing the affidavit.



307.(2) Affidavit



     307.(2) The affidavit referred to in subsection (1) shall be made by

     the applicant and shall be in the following form in English or

     French:



                                 Form of Affidavit



     Province of Ontario ln the matter of



     County of(Insert name of corporation)



        I, ......................... of the .................. of

        ..................... in the ..................................

        of ....................................... make oath and say (or

        affirm): ( Where the applicant is a corporation, indicate office

        and authority of deponent.)



        1. I hereby apply for a list of the shareholders ( or members) of

        the above-named corporation.



        2. I require the list of shareholders ( or members) only for

        purposes connected with the above-named corporation.



        3. The list of shareholders ( or members) and the information

        contained therein will be used only for purposes connected with

        the above-named corporation.



        SWORN, etc.



307.(3) Idem, where applicant a corporation



     307.(3) Where the applicant is a corporation, the affidavit shall be

     made by the president or other officer authorized by resolution of

     the board of directors of such corporation.



307.(4) Offence



     307.(4) Every person who uses a list of shareholders or members of a

     corporation obtained under this section,



          (a) for the purpose of delivering or sending to all or any of

          such shareholders or members advertising or other printed

          matter relating to shares or securities other than the shares

          or securities of the corporation; or



          (b) for any purpose not connected with the corporation,



     is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not

     more than $1,000.



307.(5) Offence



     307.(5) Every corporation or transfer agent that fails to furnish a

     list in accordance with subsection (1) when so required is guilty of

     an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than

     $1,000, and every director or officer of such corporation or

     transfer agent who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in such

     offence is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to

     a like fine.



307.(6) Interpretation



     307.(6) Purposes connected with the corporation include any effort

     to influence the voting of shareholders or members at any meeting of

     the corporation, any offer to acquire shares in the corporation or

     any effort to effect an amalgamation or reorganization and any other

     purpose approved by the Minister. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 307.



308. Offence



     308. Every person who offers for sale or sells or purchases or

     otherwise traffics in a list or a copy of a list of all or any of

     the shareholders or members of a corporation is guilty of an offence

     and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000, and,

     where such person is a corporation, every director or officer of

     such corporation who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in such

     offence is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to

     a like fine. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 308.



309.(1) Power of court to correct



     309.(1) If the name of a person is, without sufficient cause,

     entered in or omitted from the minutes of proceedings mentioned in

     section 299 or from the documents or registers mentioned in sections

     41 and 300, or if default is made or unnecessary delay takes place

     in entering therein the fact of any person having ceased to be a

     shareholder or member of the corporation, the person or shareholder

     or member aggrieved, or any shareholder or member of the

     corporation, or the corporation itself, may apply to the court for

     an order that the minutes, documents or registers be rectified, and

     the court may dismiss such application or make an order for the

     rectification of the minutes, documents or registers, and may direct

     the corporation to compensate the party aggrieved for any damage the

     party has sustained.



309.(2) Decision as to title



     309.(2) The court may, in any proceeding under this section, decide

     any question relating to the entitlement of a person who is a party

     to such proceeding to have the person's name entered in or omitted

     from such minutes, documents or registers, whether such question

     arises between two or more shareholders or members or alleged

     shareholders or members, or between any shareholder or member or

     alleged shareholder or member and the corporation.



309.(3) Trial of issue



     309.(3) The court may direct an issue to be tried.



309.(4) Appeal



     309.(4) An appeal lies from the decision of the court as if it had

     been given in an action.



309.(5) Jurisdiction of courts not affected



     309.(5) This section does not deprive any court of any jurisdiction

     it otherwise has.



309.(6) Costs



     309.(6) The costs of any proceeding under this section are in the

     discretion of the court. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 309.



310.(1) Investigations and audits



     310.(1) Upon an application by the shareholders of a company holding

     shares representing not less than one-tenth of the issued capital of

     the company, or upon an application of at least one-tenth of the

     members of a corporation without share capital, the court may

     appoint an inspector to investigate the affairs and management of

     the corporation or may appoint a person to audit its books.



310.(2) Evidence



     310.(2) The application shall be supported by such evidence as the

     court requires for the purpose of showing that the applicants have

     good reason for requiring the investigation or audit, as the case

     may be.



310.(3) Security for costs



     310.(3) The court may require the applicants to give security to

     cover the probable cost of the investigation or audit and may make

     rules and prescribe the manner in which and the extent to which the

     investigation or audit is to be conducted.



310.(4) Report on and expense of investigation or audit



     310.(4) Such inspector or auditor shall report thereon to the court

     and the expense of the investigation shall, in the discretion of the

     court, be defrayed by the corporation or by the applicants or partly

     by the corporation and partly by the applicants.



310.(5) Corporation may appoint inspector for same purpose



     310.(5) A corporation may, by resolution passed at an annual meeting

     or at a general meeting called for that purpose, appoint an

     inspector to investigate its affairs and management.



310.(6) Powers and duties of inspector



     310.(6) The inspector appointed under subsection (5) has the same

     powers and shall perform the same duties as an inspector appointed

     under subsection (1) and the inspector shall make his or her report

     in such manner and to such persons as the corporation by resolution

     directs.



310.(7) Production of books and documents



     310.(7) All officers and agents of the corporation shall produce for

     the examination of any inspector or auditor appointed under this

     section all books and records in their custody or power.



310.(8) Examination on oath



     310.(8) Any such inspector or auditor may examine upon oath the

     officers, agents and employees of the corporation in relation to its

     affairs and management.



310.(9) Offence



     310.(9) Every officer or agent who refuses to produce any book or

     record referred to in subsection (7) and every person so examined

     who refuses to answer any question relating to the affairs and

     management of the corporation is guilty of an offence and on

     conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200.



310.(10) Report admissible in proceedings



     310.(10) A copy of the report of the inspector or auditor, as the

     case may be, authenticated by the court or under the seal of the

     corporation whose affairs and management the inspector or auditor

     has investigated, is admissible in any legal proceeding as evidence

     of the opinion of the inspector or auditor in relation to any matter

     contained in the report. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 310.



311.(1) Corporation with fewer than three shareholders or members

     exercising corporate powers



     311.(1) If a corporation exercises its corporate powers when its

     shareholders or members are fewer than three for a period of more

     than six months after the number has been so reduced, every person

     who was a shareholder or member of the corporation during the time

     that it so exercised its corporate powers after such period of six

     months and is aware of the fact that it so exercised its corporate

     powers is severally liable for the payment of the whole of the debts

     of the corporation contracted during such time and may be sued for

     the debts without the joinder in the action of the corporation or of

     any other shareholder or member.



311.(2) Shareholder or member may avoid liability



     311.(2) A shareholder or member who has become aware that the

     corporation is so exercising its corporate powers may serve a

     protest in writing on the corporation and may by registered letter

     notify the Minister of such protest having been served and of the

     facts upon which it is based, and such shareholder or member may

     thereby and not otherwise, from the date of the protest and

     notification, exonerate himself, herself or itself from liability.



311.(3) Revocation of charter



     311.(3) If after notice from the Minister the corporation refuses or

     neglects to bring the number of its shareholders or members up to

     three, such refusal or neglect may be regarded by the Lieutenant

     Governor as sufficient cause for the making of an order under

     subsection 317 (1). R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 311.



312.(1) Bringing corporations under this Act



     312.(1) A corporation incorporated otherwise than by letters patent

     and being at the time of its application a subsisting corporation

     may apply for letters patent under this Act, and the Lieutenant

     Governor may issue letters patent continuing it as if it had been

     incorporated under this Act.



312.(2) Change of powers, etc.



     312.(2) Where a corporation applies for the issue of letters patent

     under subsection (1), the Lieutenant Governor may, by the letters

     patent, limit or extend the powers of the corporation, name its

     directors and change its corporate name, as the applicant desires.



312.(3) Transfer of foreign corporations



     312.(3) A corporation incorporated under the laws of any

     jurisdiction other than Ontario may, if it appears to the Lieutenant

     Governor to be thereunto authorized by the laws of the jurisdiction

     in which it was incorporated, apply to the Lieutenant Governor for

     letters patent continuing it as if it had been incorporated under

     this Act, and the Lieutenant Governor may issue such letters patent

     on application supported by such material as appears satisfactory

     and such letters patent may be issued on such terms and subject to

     such limitations and conditions and contain such provisions as

     appear to the Lieutenant Governor to be fit and proper. R.S.O. 1990,

     c. C.38, s. 312.



313.(1) Transfer of Ontario corporations



     313.(1) A corporation incorporated under the laws of Ontario may, if

     authorized by a special resolution, by the Minister and by the laws

     of any other jurisdiction in Canada, apply to the proper officer of

     that other jurisdiction for an instrument of continuation continuing

     the corporation as if it had been incorporated under the laws of

     that other jurisdiction.



313.(2) Notice



     313.(2) The corporation shall file with the Minister a notice of the

     issue of the instrument of continuation and on and after the date of

     the filing of such instrument this Act ceases to apply to that

     corporation.



313.(3) Application



     313.(3) This section applies only to a jurisdiction that has

     legislation in force that permits corporations incorporated under

     its laws to apply for an instrument of continuation under the laws

     of Ontario. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 313.



313.1.(1) Continuance as cooperative corporation



     313.1.(1) A corporation incorporated under this Act may, if

     authorized by a special resolution and by the Minister, apply under

     the Cooperative Corporations Act to be continued as a cooperative

     corporation.



313.1.(2) Certificate to be filed with Minister



     313.1.(2) The corporation must file with the Minister a copy of the

     certificate of continuance issued under the Cooperative

     Corporations Act within 60 days after the date of issuance.



313.1.(3) Act ceases to apply



     313.1.(3) This Act ceases to apply to the corporation on the date

     upon which the corporation is continued under the Cooperative

     Corporations Act. 1994, c. 17, s. 31.



314. Rights of creditors preserved



     314. All rights of creditors against the property, rights and assets

     of a corporation amalgamated under section 113 or continued under

     section 312, and all liens upon its property, rights and assets are

     unimpaired by such amalgamation or continuation, and all debts,

     contracts, liabilities and duties of the corporation thenceforth

     attach to the amalgamated or continued corporation and may be

     enforced against it. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 314.



315.(1) Forfeiture for nonuser



     315.(1) If a corporation incorporated by letters patent does not go

     into actual operation within two years after incorporation or for

     any two consecutive years does not use its corporate powers, the

     Lieutenant Governor, after having given the corporation such notice

     as he or she considers proper, may by order declare such powers

     forfeited, except so far as is necessary for the winding up of the

     corporation.



315.(2) Rights of creditors not affected



     315.(2) No such forfeiture affects prejudicially the rights of

     creditors as they exist at the date of the forfeiture.



315.(3) Revival



     315.(3) Where the powers of a corporation have been forfeited under

     subsection (1) or a predecessor of subsection (1), the Lieutenant

     Governor on the application of the corporation may by order, on such

     terms and conditions as he or she sees fit to impose, revive the

     corporate powers. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 315.



316. Social clubs cause for cancellation



     316. Despite anything to the contrary in any Act, in any letters

     patent or in any supplementary letters patent, if it is made to

     appear to the satisfaction of the Minister that a corporation that

     has objects in whole or in part of a social nature,



          (a) occupies and uses a house, room or place as a club that,

          except for paragraph 197 (2) (a) of the Criminal Code (Canada),

          would be a common gaming house as defined in subsection (1)

          thereof; or



          (b) occupies premises that are equipped, guarded, constructed

          or operated so as to hinder or prevent lawful access to and

          inspection by police or fire officers, or are found fitted or

          provided with any means or contrivance for playing any game of

          chance or any mixed game of chance and skill, gaming or betting

          or with any device for concealing, removing or destroying such

          means or contrivance,



     the Lieutenant Governor may make an order under subsection 317 (1).

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 316.



317.(1) Termination of existence for cause



     317.(1) Where sufficient cause is shown, the Lieutenant Governor may

     by order, upon such terms and conditions as he or she considers fit,



          (a) cancel the letters patent of a corporation and declare it

          to be dissolved on such date as the order may fix;



          (b) declare the corporate existence of a corporation

          incorporated otherwise than by letters patent to be terminated

          and the corporation to be dissolved on such date as the order

          may fix; or



          (c) cancel any supplementary letters patent issued to a

          corporation.



317.(2) Inquiry



     317.(2) The Minister, under such circumstances and at any time as

     the Minister in his or her discretion thinks advisable, may

     authorize any officer of the Ministry of the Minister to conduct an

     inquiry for the purpose of determining whether or not there is

     sufficient cause for the making of an order under subsection (1).



317.(3) Powers of inquiring officer



     317.(3) Every officer so authorized has the power to summon any

     person to appear before him or her as a witness in such inquiry and

     to require such person to give evidence on oath, touching any matter

     relevant to the purpose of the inquiry, and to produce such

     documents and things as such officer considers requisite for that

     purpose.



317.(4) Witnesses



     317.(4) Every such officer has the same power to enforce the

     attendance of witnesses and to compel them to give evidence and to

     produce documents and things as is vested in any court in civil

     cases.



317.(5) Witness may be required to answer



     317.(5) Section 9 of the Evidence Act applies to any witness and to

     the evidence given by him or her before any such officer in any such

     inquiry.



317.(6) Appeal



     317.(6) An appeal lies from an order made under subsection (1) to

     the Divisional Court upon a question of law only.



317.(7) Minister to be heard



     317.(7) The Minister is entitled to be heard, by counsel or

     otherwise, upon the argument of any such appeal.



317.(8) No costs



     317.(8) No costs are payable by or to any person by reason of or in

     respect of any such appeal. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 317 (1-8).



317.(9) Order for dissolution



     317.(9) Where it appears that a corporation is in default of a

     filing requirement under the Corporations Information Act and that

     notice of such default has been sent in accordance with section 324

     to the corporation or has been published once in The Ontario

     Gazette, the Lieutenant Governor may by order, after ninety days

     after the notice has been sent or published,



          (a) cancel the letters patent of the corporation and declare it

          to be dissolved on such date as the order may fix; or



          (b) declare the corporate existence of the corporation, if it

          was incorporated otherwise than by letters patent, to be

          terminated and the corporation to be dissolved on such date as

          the order may fix. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 317 (9); 1994, c.

          27, s. 78 (10).



317.(10) Revival



     317.(10) Where a corporation has been dissolved under subsection (9)

     or any predecessor thereof, the Lieutenant Governor, on the

     application of any interested person, may in his or her discretion

     by order, on such terms and conditions as he or she sees fit to

     impose, revive the corporation, and thereupon the corporation shall,

     subject to the terms and conditions of the order and to any rights

     acquired by any person after its dissolution, be restored to its

     legal position, including all its property, rights, privileges and

     franchises, and be subject to all its liabilities, contracts,

     disabilities and debts, as at the date of its dissolution, in the

     same manner and to the same extent as if it had not been dissolved.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 317 (10); 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (11).



318.(1) Continuation of existence for particular purpose



     318. 318.(1) Despite the dissolution of a corporation under this

     Act,



          (a) a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding

          commenced by or against the corporation before its dissolution

          may be continued as if the corporation had not been dissolved;



          (b) a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding

          may be brought against the corporation as if the corporation

          had not been dissolved;



          (c) any property that would have been available to satisfy any

          judgment or order if the corporation had not been dissolved

          remains available for such purpose; and



          (d) title to land belonging to the corporation immediately

          before its dissolution remains available to be sold in power of

          sale proceedings.



318.(2) Interpretation



     318.(2) In this section and section 322,



        "proceeding" includes a power of sale proceeding relating to land

         commenced pursuant to a mortgage.



318.(3) Service of process



     318.(3) For the purposes of this section, the service of any process

     on a corporation after its dissolution shall be deemed to be

     sufficiently made if it is made upon any person shown on the records

     of the Ministry as being a director or officer of the corporation

     immediately before the dissolution.



318.(4) Notice of action



     318.(4) A person who commences an action, suit or proceeding against

     a corporation after its dissolution, shall serve the writ or other

     document commencing the action, suit or proceeding, on the Public

     Guardian and Trustee in accordance with the rules that apply

     generally to service on a party to an action, suit or proceeding.



318.(5) Notice of power of sale proceeding



     318.(5) A person who commences a power of sale proceeding relating

     to land against a corporation after its dissolution shall serve a

     notice of the proceeding on the Public Guardian and Trustee in

     accordance with the notice requirements in the Mortgages Act that

     apply with respect to a person with an interest in the land recorded

     in the records of the appropriate land registry office. 1998, c. 18,

     Sched. E, s. 79.



319.(1) Surrender of charter



     319.(1) The charter of a corporation incorporated by letters patent

     may be surrendered if the corporation proves to the satisfaction of

     the Lieutenant Governor,



          (a) that the surrender of its charter has been authorized,



             (i) by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of its

             shareholders or members duly called for that purpose or by

             such other vote as the letters patent or supplementary

             letters patent of the corporation provide, or



             (ii) by the consent in writing of all the shareholders or

             members entitled to vote at such meeting;



          (b) that it has parted with its property by distributing it

          rateably among its shareholders or members according to their

          rights and interests in the corporation;



          (c) that it has no debts, obligations or liabilities or its

          debts, obligations or liabilities have been duly provided for

          or protected or its creditors or other persons having interests

          in its debts, obligations or liabilities consent; and



          (d) that there are no proceedings pending in any court against

          it. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 319 (1); 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (12).



319.(2) Acceptance of surrender and dissolution of corporation



     319.(2) The Lieutenant Governor, upon due compliance with this

     section, may by order accept the surrender of the charter and

     declare the corporation to be dissolved on such date as the order

     may fix.



319.(3) Where shareholder unknown



     319.(3) When a corporation surrenders its charter and a shareholder

     or member is unknown or the whereabouts of a shareholder or member

     is unknown, it may, by agreement with the Public Trustee, deliver or

     convey the person's share of the property to the Public Trustee to

     be held in trust for the person, and such delivery or conveyance

     shall be deemed to be a rateable distribution among the shareholders

     or members for the purposes of clause (1) (b).



319.(4) Where creditor unknown



     319.(4) When a corporation surrenders its charter and a creditor is

     unknown or the whereabouts of a creditor is unknown, it may, by

     agreement with the Public Trustee, pay to the Public Trustee an

     amount equal to the amount of the debt due to the creditor to be

     held in trust for the creditor, and such payment shall be deemed to

     be due protection of the debt for the purposes of clause (1) (c).



319.(5) Power to convert



     319.(5) If the share of the property so delivered or conveyed to the

     Public Trustee under subsection (3) is in a form other than money,

     the Public Trustee may at any time, and within ten years after such

     delivery or conveyance shall, convert it into money.



319.(6) Payment to person entitled



     319.(6) If the share of the property delivered or conveyed under

     subsection (3) or its equivalent in money, or the amount paid under

     subsection (4), as the case may be, is claimed by the person

     beneficially entitled thereto within ten years after it was so

     delivered, conveyed or paid, it shall be delivered, conveyed or paid

     to the person, but, if not so claimed, it vests in the Public

     Trustee for the use of Ontario, and, if the person beneficially

     entitled thereto at any time thereafter establishes the person's

     right thereto to the satisfaction of the Lieutenant Governor in

     Council, an amount equal to the amount so vested in the Public

     Trustee shall be paid to the person.



319.(7) Property now held by Public Trustee



     319.(7) Where an order has been made before the 30th day of April,

     1954, accepting the surrender of the charter of a corporation and

     the Public Trustee is holding property of the corporation in trust

     for its shareholders, members or creditors, subsections (5) and (6)

     apply to the property so held, except that the ten-year period

     mentioned in subsection (6) commences on the 30th day of April,

     1954. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 319 (2-7).



320. Termination of existence of corporation not incorporated by letters patent



     320. The corporate existence of a corporation incorporated otherwise

     than by letters patent may be terminated by order of the Lieutenant

     Governor upon application therefor by such corporation under like

     circumstances, in like manner and with like effect as a corporation

     incorporated by letters patent may surrender its charter. R.S.O.

     1990, c. C.38, s. 320.



321.(1) Liability of shareholders to creditors



     321.(1) Despite the dissolution of a corporation, the shareholders

     or members among whom its property has been distributed remain

     liable to its creditors to the amount received by them respectively

     upon such distribution, and an action may be brought within one year

     from the date of such dissolution in a court of competent

     jurisdiction to enforce such liability.



321.(2) Action against one shareholder as representing class



     321.(2) Where there are numerous shareholders or members, such court

     may permit an action to be brought against one or more shareholders

     or members as representatives of the class and, if the plaintiff

     establishes the plaintiff's claim as creditor, may make an order of

     reference and add as parties on the reference all such shareholders

     or members as are found and the referee shall determine the amount

     that each should contribute towards the plaintiff's claim and may

     direct payment of the sums so determined. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.

     321.



322.(1) Forfeiture of undisposed property



     322.(1) Any property of a corporation that has not been disposed of

     at the date of its dissolution is immediately on the dissolution

     forfeit to and vests in the Crown.



322.(2) Exception



     322.(2) Despite subsection (1), if a judgment is given or an order

     or decision is made or land is sold in an action, suit or proceeding

     commenced in accordance with section 318 and the judgment, order,

     decision or sale affects property belonging to the corporation

     before its dissolution, unless the plaintiff, applicant or mortgagee

     has not complied with subsection 318 (4) or (5),



          (a) the property shall be available to satisfy the judgment,

          order or other decision; and



          (b) title to the land shall be transferred to a purchaser free

          of the Crown's interest, in the case of a power of sale

          proceeding.



322.(3) No notice



     322.(3) Despite clause (2) (b), a person who commences a power of

     sale proceeding relating to land before the dissolution of a

     corporation but the sale of the land was not completed until after

     the dissolution, is not required to serve the notice mentioned in

     subsection 318 (5) and title to the land may be transferred to a

     purchaser free of the Crown's interest. 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s.80.



323. Evidence of by-laws



     323. A copy of any by-law of a corporation under its seal and

     purporting to be signed by an officer of the corporation, or a

     certificate similarly authenticated to the effect that a person is a

     shareholder or member of the corporation and that dues or other sums

     payable are due and have not been paid, or that a call or assessment

     that has been made is due and has not been paid, shall be received

     in all courts as proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary,

     of the by-law or of the statements contained in such certificate.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 323.



324.(1) Service of notice



     324.(1) Subject to the letters patent, supplementary letters patent

     or by-laws, a notice or demand to be served or made by a corporation

     upon a shareholder or member may be served or made personally or

     sent by registered letter addressed to the shareholder or member at

     the person's last address as shown on the books of the corporation.



324.(2) Time of service



     324.(2) Subject to the letters patent, supplementary letters patent

     or by-laws, a notice or other document served by mail by a

     corporation on a shareholder or member shall be deemed to be served

     at the time when it would be delivered in the ordinary course of

     mail. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 324.



324.(3) Delivery of notices, etc.



     324.(3) A notice or other document that is required or permitted by

     this Act or the regulations to be sent by the Lieutenant Governor or

     the Minister may be sent by ordinary mail or by any method,

     including registered mail, certified mail or prepaid courier, where

     there is a record by the person who has delivered it that the notice

     or document has been sent.



324.(4) Same



     324.(4) A notice or other document referred to in subsection (3) may

     be sent by telephone transmission of a facsimile of the notice or

     other document or by another form of electronic transmission where

     there is a record that the notice or other document has been sent.



324.(5) Deemed delivery



     324.(5) A notice or other document sent by mail by the Lieutenant

     Governor or Minister shall be deemed to have been received by the

     intended recipient on the earlier of,



          (a) the day the intended recipient actually receives it; or



          (b) the fifth business day after the day it is mailed.



324.(6) Same



     324.(6) A notice or other document sent by a method referred to in

     subsection (4) shall be deemed to have been received by the intended

     recipient on the earlier of,



          (a) the day the intended recipient actually receives it; or



          (b) the first business day after the day the transmission is

          sent by the Lieutenant Governor or Minister. 1994, c. 27, s. 78

          (13).



325. Proof of matters under this Act



     325. Proof of any matter that is necessary to be made under this Act

     may be made by certificate. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 325.



326. Reciprocal insurance



     326. A corporation that insures property with or insures the

     property of other persons, where such insurance is reciprocal and

     for protection only and not for profit, shall not be deemed to be an

     insurer or an insurance corporation within the meaning of this Act.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 326.



326.1.(1) Powers of Minister



     326.1.(1) The Minister may make regulations prescribing the form and 

content of letters patent, supplementary

     letters patent, or other documents or notices that this Act requires

     to be filed.



326.1.(2) Fees



     326.1.(2) The Minister may by order require the payment of fees and

     approve the amount of the fees to be paid under this Act for,



          (a) the filing of letters patent, supplementary letters patent

          and other documents or other services; and



          (b) search reports, copies of documents and information, or

          other services. 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 81.



327. Regulations



     327. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations,



     .   .   .   .   .



Note: Despite the repeal of clause (a) by the Statutes of Ontario, 1998,

chapter 18, Schedule E, subsection 82 (1), regulations made under clause

(a), as that clause read immediately before March 1, 1999, continue until

the Minister makes an order under subsection 326.1 (2), as enacted by the

Statutes of Ontario, 1998, chapter 18, Schedule E, section 81, that is

inconsistent with those regulations. See: 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 82

(2). Note: Despite the repeal of clause (a) by the Statutes of Ontario,

1998, chapter 18, Schedule E, subsection 82 (1), the Lieutenant Governor

in Council may by regulation revoke regulations made under clause



     (a), as that clause read immediately before March 1, 1999, if the

     Minister makes an order under subsection 326.1 (2), as enacted by

     the Statutes of Ontario, 1998, chapter 18, Schedule E, section 81,

     that is inconsistent with those regulations. See: 1998, c. 18,

     Sched. E, s. 82 (3).



     (b) respecting any matter that the Lieutenant Governor in Council

     considers requisite for carrying out the objects of this Act, and,

     without limiting the generality of the foregoing, respecting names

     of corporations or classes thereof, objects of corporations,

     authorized capital of companies, the preferences, rights,

     conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching to

     shares or classes of shares of companies, or any other matter

     pertaining to letters patent, supplementary letters patent or orders

     or the applications therefor. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 327; 1998, c.

     18, Sched. E, s. 82 (1).



328. Fees to be paid in advance



     328. No letters patent and no supplementary letters patent shall be

     issued and no order shall be made and no document shall be accepted

     for filing under this Act until all fees therefor have been paid.

     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 328.



329. Appeal



     329. An appeal lies to the Divisional Court from any order made by a

     court under this Act. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 329.



330.(1) Untrue statements



     330. 330.(1) Every person who makes or assists in making a statement

     in any return, certificate, financial statement or other document

     required by or for the purposes of this Act or the regulations made

     under this Act, knowing it to be untrue, is guilty of an offence and

     on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000 or to

     imprisonment for a term of not more than three months, or to both.



330.(2) Limitation of action



     330.(2) No prosecution under subsection (1) shall be commenced more

     than one year after the facts upon which the prosecution is based

     first came to the personal knowledge of the Minister or Deputy

     Minister. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 330.



331. General penalty



     331. Every corporation that, and every person who, being a director

     or officer of the corporation, or acting on its behalf, commits any

     act contrary to this Act, or fails or neglects to comply with any

     such provision, is guilty of an offence and on conviction, if no

     penalty for such act, failure or neglect is expressly provided by

     this Act, is liable to a fine of not more than $200. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 331.



332. Aggrieved shareholders



     332. Where a shareholder or member or creditor of a corporation is

     aggrieved by the failure of the corporation or a director, officer

     or employee of the corporation to perform any duty imposed by this

     Act, the shareholder, member or creditor, despite the imposition of

     any penalty and in addition to any other rights that he, she or it

     may have, may apply to the court for an order directing the

     corporation, director, officer or employee, as the case may be, to

     perform such duty, and upon such application the court may make such

     order or such other order as the court thinks fit. R.S.O. 1990, c.

     C.38, s. 332.



333.(1) Order for compliance



     333.(1) Where it appears to the Commission that any person or

     company to which section 73, subsection 85 (1) or subsection 86 (1)

     applies has failed to comply with or is contravening any such

     provision, despite the imposition of any penalty in respect of such

     non-compliance or contravention, the Commission may apply to the

     court for an order directing such person or company to comply with

     such provision or for an order restraining such person or company

     from contravening such provision, and upon the application, the

     court may make such order or such other order as the court thinks

     fit.



333.(2) Appeal



     333.(2) An appeal lies to the Divisional Court from an order made

     under subsection (1). R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 333.



334. Relief from compliance with Act



     334. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may relieve a corporation

     incorporated before the 30th day of April, 1954, from compliance

     with any provision of this Act. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 334.



                     SCHEDULE



                     CONVERSION OF JOINT STOCK LIFE

                     COMPANIES INTO MUTUAL COMPANIES



Details of plan to be set forth in by-law



        1. The terms and provisions of any plan referred to in section

     211 of the Corporations Act shall be set forth in detail in a by-law

     made by the directors and confirmed at a special general meeting of

     the company duly called for the purpose of considering the by-law,

     and there shall be recorded in the minutes of the meeting the number

     of votes for and the number of votes against confirmation of the by-

     law, the votes of shareholders and the votes of policyholders being

     recorded separately.



Sanction of by-law by Lieutenant Governor in Council



        2. No such by-law becomes effective until sanctioned by the

     Lieutenant Governor in Council, and in no case shall any such by-law

     be sanctioned unless the Lieutenant Governor in Council is satisfied

     that,



          (a) the conversion of the company into a mutual company may

          reasonably be expected to be achieved under the terms of the

          by-law and in accordance with this paragraph;



          (b) the paid-up capital of the company has ceased to be an

          important factor in safeguarding the interests of the

          policyholders of the company, having regard to the quality and

          amount of assets of the company, the surplus of the company

          relative to its liabilities, the nature of the business carried

          on by the company and any other considerations deemed by the

          Lieutenant Governor in Council to be relevant;



          (c) the majority of the votes cast by shareholders and the

          majority of the votes cast by policyholders at the special

          general meeting referred to in paragraph 1, whether in person

          or by proxy, were in favour of confirmation of the by-law;



          (d) the company holds offers from shareholders, in such terms

          as to preclude the withdrawal thereof prior to notice by the

          company in accordance with paragraph 13, to sell to the

          company, at a price fixed by the directors, not less than 25

          per cent of all issued and outstanding shares of the capital

          stock of the company immediately upon the sanction of the by-

          law by the Lieutenant Governor in Council, or not less than 50

          per cent of all issued and outstanding shares of the capital

          stock of the company within such period, commencing immediately

          upon the sanction of the by-law by the Lieutenant Governor in

          Council, as is specified in the by-law;



          (e) the amount required to purchase 25 per cent of the issued

          and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the company at

          the price fixed by the directors for the purposes of clause (d)

          does not exceed the maximum amount, determined in accordance

          with paragraph 9, that may be applied by the company,

          immediately upon the sanction of the by-law by the Lieutenant

          Governor in Council, in payment for shares purchased under the

          terms of the by-law; and



          (f) the price fixed by the directors for the purposes of clause

          (d) is fair and reasonable in the circumstances.



Prices to be paid for shares purchased under by-law



        3. Upon the sanction of the by-law by the Lieutenant Governor in

     Council, the price fixed for the purposes of clause (d) of paragraph

     2 shall continue to be the price that may be paid for shares

     purchased under the terms of the by-law until such price is changed

     by the directors in accordance with paragraph 4.



Change in price, when effective



        4. The directors may from time to time change the price to be

     paid for shares purchased under the terms of the by-law, but no such

     change becomes effective until approved by the Minister on the

     report of the Superintendent.



Period for which price to remain in effect



        5. The price fixed for the purposes of clause (d) of paragraph 2

     and any subsequent change in price approved in accordance with

     paragraph 4 shall remain in effect for a period of not less than six

     months from the date of sanction of the by-law or the date of

     approval by the Minister, as the case may be.



Payment



        6. All shares purchased under the terms of the by-law shall be

     paid for by the company in full at the time of the purchase thereof,

     but nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as prohibiting the

     company from applying, in payment for any shares so purchased, the

     full amount of the purchase price thereof by promissory note,

     payable at a fixed or determinable future time not later than ten

     years from the date of the making thereof and bearing a rate of

     interest fixed by the directors and approved by the Minister on the

     report of the Superintendent.



Date for commencement of purchase of shares



        7. The by-law shall fix a day for the commencement of purchase of

     shares under the terms of the by-law, which day shall be not sooner

     than the day following the day the by-law is sanctioned by the

     Lieutenant Governor in Council.



Purchase of shares offered for sale



        8. Subject to paragraph 9, the company shall purchase all shares

     offered for sale under the terms of the by-law on the day or days

     fixed by the terms of the offer in each case for the sale of those

     shares and at the price in effect on the day the offer was received

     or the day fixed by the by-law for the purposes of paragraph 7,

     whichever is the later, except that no such purchase shall be made

     prior to the day so fixed by the by-law.



Limitation



        9. Despite anything in this Schedule, the maximum amount that may

     be applied by the company at any particular time in payment for

     shares purchased under the terms of the by-law is the amount by

     which,



          (a) the aggregate of the surplus and general or contingency

          reserves of the company, after deducting the excess of the book

          value over the par value of any shares purchased under the

          terms of the by-law on or before the date as of which the

          condition and affairs of the company are required to be shown

          in the most recent annual statement as required by the

          Corporations Act,



     exceeds the aggregate of,



          (b) 6 per cent of the total assets of the company, or such

          lesser percentage of the total assets of the company as may be

          approved by the Lieutenant Governor in Council, upon

          application by the company, as safe and reasonable in the

          circumstances having regard to the bases and methods used in

          the computation of the policy reserves of the company, the

          quality of its assets, the nature of the business transacted by

          the company, the earnings of the company and any other matters

          deemed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council to be relevant

          thereto; and



          (c) the total amount applied by the company before that

          particular time in payment for any shares purchased under the

          terms of the by-law after the date referred to in clause (a).



Idem



        10. For the purposes of paragraph 9, the assets, surplus and

     general or contingency reserves of the company and the book value of

     any shares purchased under the terms of the by-law shall be taken as

     shown in the annual statement referred to in clause (a) of paragraph

     9.



Number of shares to be purchased from each shareholder offering shares



        11. Where, by reason of paragraph 9, the company may, at any

     particular time, purchase some but not all of the shares in respect

     of which offers for sale at that time have been received, the amount

     that may be applied by the company at that time in payment for

     shares purchased under the terms of the by-law shall be applied by

     the company by apportionment among all of the shares so offered for

     sale at that time, or any of them, in such manner as is specified in

     the by-law.



Register to be kept



        12. The company shall cause a register to be kept in which shall

     be recorded the offers for sale of shares under the terms of the by-

     law in the order in which such offers are received by the company,

     showing, in respect of each such offer,



          (a) the date of receipt by the company of the offer;



          (b) the name and address of the shareholder making the offer;



          (c) the number of shares so offered by the shareholder making

          the offer and the day or days fixed by the terms of the offer

          for the sale of those shares;



          (d) the price at which each of the shares so offered may be

          purchased;



          (e) the date of purchase, if any, of each of the shares so

          offered and the number of shares purchased; and



          (f) the date of withdrawal, if any, of the offer and the number

          of shares affected thereby.



Notice to shareholders of discontinuation of purchases



        13. Where, by reason of paragraph 9, the company is required to

     discontinue the purchase of shares under the terms of the by-law,

     the company shall give notice of such discontinuation to each

     shareholder on the register whose offer for the sale of shares has

     not been fully taken up by the company, but any such offer as

     regards shares not so purchased shall continue to be effective and

     shall maintain its place on the register until withdrawn by the

     shareholder by notice in writing to the company.



Shares purchased: general



        14. Where the company has purchased any shares of the capital

     stock of the company under the terms of the by-law,



          (a) the number of policyholders' directors of the company shall

          at all times thereafter be not less than,



             (i) one-third of the total number of directors, or



             (ii) that proportion of the total number of directors, as

             nearly as may be, that the total number of shares purchased

             under the terms of the by-law is of the total number of

             shares outstanding immediately prior to the sanction of the

             by-law by the Lieutenant Governor in Council,



          whichever is the greater, except that nothing in this clause

          shall be held to require an increase in the number of

          policyholders' directors except as vacancies occur among the

          shareholders' directors;



          (b) the company shall not thereafter sell any of the shares so

          purchased, issue any new capital stock or make any calls on

          shares of the capital stock subscribed;



          (c) any dividends thereafter payable to shareholders shall be

          at a rate not less than the average rate paid in the three

          years immediately preceding the sanction of the by-law by the

          Lieutenant Governor in Council, unless the company establishes

          to the satisfaction of the Minister that a reduction therein is

          justified by reason of the earnings and general financial

          condition of the company; and



          (d) shares purchased under the terms of the by-law rank equally

          with other shares in the declaration of dividends to

          shareholders, but any dividends that may be payable in respect

          of shares so purchased shall be paid by transfer of the

          applicable amount from the shareholders' account to the

          insurance funds of the company.



Idem



        15. In respect of each share purchased under the terms of the by-law, 

until the capital stock of the company has

     been cancelled in accordance with paragraph 20,



          (a) the company may include in its assets shown in the annual

          statement required by the Corporations Act an amount not

          exceeding the purchase price of the share, minus one-fifth of

          the excess of the purchase price over the par value thereof for

          each complete year that has elapsed since the date of purchase

          of the share; and



          (b) the policyholders' directors shall have additional voting

          rights corresponding to the voting rights that might have been

          exercised by the holder of the share if the holder had not sold

          it, and, unless the by-law otherwise provides, such additional

          voting rights shall be divided as nearly as may be equally

          among the policyholders' directors, and the remainder, if any,

          shall be exercised by such one of the policyholders' directors

          as is designated for the purpose by resolution of all of the

          directors.



Notice where 90 per cent or more of shares acquired by company



        16. At such time as the company first acquires 90 per cent or

     more of the shares of its capital stock, it shall notify the

     Minister and each of the remaining shareholders of the company to

     that effect, and, for the purposes of this paragraph, notice to any

     shareholder shall be deemed to have been given by the company if the

     company has forwarded to the shareholder by registered mail, at the

     shareholder's address shown in the book or books in which the names

     of the shareholders of the company are recorded, the notice required

     by this paragraph.



Contents of notice



        17. The notice required by paragraph 16 to be given to each of

     the remaining shareholders of the company shall request each such

     shareholder to offer the shareholder's shares for sale forthwith to

     the company, and shall state therein the substance of paragraph 18.



Acquisition of remaining shares by company



        18. All shares of a shareholder remaining outstanding at the

     expiration of six months from the date of the notice required by

     paragraph 16, or at the expiration of such further period as may be

     required by reason of paragraph 9, shall, upon tender by the company

     to the shareholder of an amount equal to the price in effect,



          (a) in the case of shares in respect of which any offer for

          sale was received by the company prior to the date of the

          notice, on the day the offer was received; or



          (b) in the case of any other shares, on the date of the notice,



     be deemed to have been purchased by the company, and, for the

     purposes of this paragraph, tender shall be deemed to have been made

     to a shareholder by the company if made to the shareholder in person

     or by registered mail forwarded to the shareholder at the

     shareholder's address shown in the book or books referred to in

     paragraph 16.



Amount tendered to be retained for payment



        19. Where tender of an amount in accordance with paragraph 18 has

     been made and the amount so tendered has not been accepted, the

     amount so tendered shall be retained by the company for payment to

     the person entitled thereto, and until so paid shall be shown on the

     books of the company as a liability.



Retirement and cancellation of capital stock



        20. Where the company has purchased or is deemed by paragraph 18

     to have purchased all of the shares of the capital stock of the

     company and the shares have been written down in the books of the

     company to their par value, the capital stock of the company shall

     thereupon be retired and cancelled by resolution of the board of

     directors, and the company shall then become a mutual company

     without capital stock, having for its members the participating

     policyholders and such other policyholders, if any, as may be

     authorized by by-law, and the directors shall take all necessary

     steps to reorganize the affairs of the company accordingly.



No change in by-law except with sanction of Lieutenant Governor in Council



        21. No change in any by-law of a company described in paragraph 1

     shall be made after the sanction of the by-law by the Lieutenant

     Governor in Council, except by a subsequent by-law of the company

     made by the directors and confirmed at a special general meeting of

     the company duly called for that purpose, and no such subsequent by-

     law becomes effective until sanctioned by the Lieutenant Governor in

     Council.



Definitions



        22. In this Schedule,



       "Minister" means the member of the Executive Council charged for

        the time being by the Lieutenant Governor in Council with the

        administration of the Insurance Act;



        "Superintendent" means the Superintendent of Financial Services.



                           R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, Scheers 1997, c. 28, s. 51.



[end]